xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 7877fdebeeb35fad1cbbafce22598b1bdf97c786)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2
3
4This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6summary of the changes in that release.
7
88.16.1/8.16.1	2020/07/05
9	SECURITY: If sendmail tried to reuse an SMTP session which had
10		already been closed by the server, then the connection
11		cache could have invalid information about the session.
12		One possible consequence was that STARTTLS was not
13		used even if offered.  This problem has been fixed
14		by clearing out all relevant status information
15		when a closed session is encountered.
16	OpenSSL versions before 0.9.8 are no longer supported.
17	OpenSSL version 1.1.0 and 1.1.1 are supported.
18	Initial support for DANE (see RFC 7672 et.al.) is available if
19		the compile time option DANE is set.  Only TLSA RR 3-1-x
20		is currently implemented.
21	New options SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath to support OpenSSL engines.
22		Note: this feature has so far only been tested with the
23		"chil" engine; please report problems with other engines
24		if you encounter any.
25	New option CRLPath to specify a directory which contains
26		hashes pointing to certificate revocations files.
27		Based on patch from Al Smith.
28	New rulesets tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features which
29		can return a (semicolon separated) list of TLS related
30		options, e.g., CipherList, CertFile, KeyFile,
31		see doc/op/op.me for details.
32	To automatically handle TLS interoperability problems for outgoing
33		mail, sendmail can now immediately try a connection again
34		without STARTTLS after a TLS handshake failure.
35		This can be configured globally via the option
36		TLSFallbacktoClear or per session via the 'C' flag
37		of tls_clt_features.
38		This also adds the new value "CLEAR" for the macro
39		{verify}: STARTTLS has been disabled internally for
40		a clear text delivery attempt.
41	Apply Timeout.starttls also to the server waiting for the TLS
42		handshake to begin.  Based on patch from Simon Hradecky.
43	New compile time option TLS_EC to enable the use of elliptic
44		curve cryptography in STARTTLS (previously available as
45		_FFR_TLS_EC).
46	Handle MIME boundaries specified in headers which contain CRLF.
47	Fix detection of loopback net (it was broken when compiled
48		with NETINET6) and only set the macros {if_addr_out}
49		and {if_family_out} if the interface of the outgoing
50		connection does not belong to the loopback net.
51	Fix logic to enable a milter to delete a recipient in
52		DeliveryMode=interactive even if it might be subject
53		to alias expansion.
54	Log name of a milter making changes (this was missing for
55		some functions).
56	Log the actual reply of a server when an SMTP delivery problem
57		occurs in a "reply=" field if possible.
58	Log user= for failed AUTH attempts if possible.  Based on
59		patch from Packet Hack, Jim Hranicky, Kevin A. McGrail,
60		and Joe Quinn.
61	Add CDB as map type. Note: CDB is a "Constant DataBase", i.e.,
62		no changes can be made after it is created, hence it
63		does not work with vacation(1) nor editmap(8) (except
64		for query mode).
65	Fix some memory leaks (mostly in error cases) and properly handle
66		copied varargs in sm_io_vfprintf(). The issues were found
67		using Coverity Scan and reported (including patches) by
68		Ondřej Lysoněk of Red Hat.
69	Do not override ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions when they
70		are specified on the command line.  Based on patch from
71		Hiroki Sato.
72	Add RFC7505 Null MX support for domains that declare they do not
73		accept mail.
74	New compile time option LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT which is set
75		automatically when LDAPMAP is used and
76		LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is available to enable the
77		new -c option for LDAP maps to specify the network timeout.
78	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`tls_session_features') to enable standard
79		rules for tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features; for
80		details see cf/README.
81	CONFIG: New options confSSL_ENGINE and confSSL_ENGINE_PATH
82		for SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath, respectively.
83	CONFIG: New options confDANE to enable DANE support.
84	CONFIG: New option confTLS_FALLBACK_TO_CLEAR for TLSFallbacktoClear.
85	CONFIG: New extension CITag: for TLS restrictions, see cf/README
86		for details.
87	CONFIG: FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients') renamed to
88		FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients').
89	CONTRIB: cidrexpand updated to support IPv6 CIDR ranges and to
90		canonicalize IPv6 addresses; if cidrexpand is used with IPv6
91		addresses then UseCompressedIPv6Addresses must be disabled.
92	DOC: The dns map can return multiple values in a single result
93		if the -z option is used.
94	DOC: Note to set MustQuoteChars=. due to DKIM signatures.
95	LIBMILTER: Fix typo in a macro. Patch from Ignacio Goyret
96		of Alcatel-Lucent.
97	LIBMILTER: Fix reference in xxfi_negotiate documentation.
98		Patch from Sven Neuhaus.
99	LIBMILTER: Fix function name in smfi_addrcpt_par documentation.
100		Patch from G.W. Haywood.
101	LIBMILTER: Fix a potential memory leak in smfi_setsymlist().
102		Patch from Martin Svec.
103	MAKEMAP: New map type "implicit" refers to the first available type,
104		i.e., it depends on the compile time options NEWDB, DBM,
105		and CDB. This can be used in conjunction with the
106		"implicit" map type in sendmail.cf.
107		Note: makemap, libsmdb, and sendmail must be compiled
108		with the same options (and library versions of course).
109	Portability:
110		Add support for Darwin 14-18 (Mac OS X 10.x).
111		New option HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME2: set if your system
112		supports gethostbyname2(2).
113		Set SM_CONF_SEM=2 for FreeBSD 12 and later due to
114		changes in sys/sem.h
115		On Linux set MAXHOSTNAMELEN (the maximum length
116		of a FQHN) to 256 if it is less than that value.
117	Added Files:
118		cf/feature/blocklist_recipients.m4
119		cf/feature/tls_failures.m4
120		devtools/OS/Darwin.14.x
121		devtools/OS/Darwin.15.x
122		devtools/OS/Darwin.16.x
123		libsmdb/smcdb.c
124		sendmail/ratectrl.h
125
1268.15.2/8.15.2	2015/07/03
127	If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
128		a recursion which was caught and logged as
129		SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
130		Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
131	DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
132		The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
133		there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
134		Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
135	The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
136		underbars, or periods.  Based on patch from David Gwynne
137		of the University of Queensland.
138	CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
139		Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
140	CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
141		compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses.  The default
142		value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
143		For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
144		preserving the current behaviour.  Based on patch from
145		John Beck of Oracle.
146	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
147		FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov
148		from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
149	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
150	LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
151		crashes.  Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
152	LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
153		NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
154		selected stage.
155	MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
156		made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
157		was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
158	Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
159		(prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
160		version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
161		to be really useful.  These features are usually not
162		documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
163		options are listed in
164		- doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
165		- cf/README for mc/cf options.
166
1678.15.1/8.15.1	2014/12/06
168	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
169		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
170	If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
171		queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
172		without rewriting the header.  Note: this is done
173		while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
174		is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
175		hence the handling of temporary map failures is
176		suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
177		complain about aborted transactions when this problem
178		occurs.
179		See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
180	Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
181		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example,
182		instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This
183		permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
184		such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
185		This change requires that configuration data
186		(including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
187		etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
188		configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
189		As a very simple check search for patterns like
190		'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
191		the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
192		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
193		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
194	If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
195		versions, both build time and run time
196		(provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
197	If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
198		hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
199		so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
200		milter in xxfi_connect().
201	Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
202		which can be specified using the -d option.
203	Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
204		numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
205	The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
206		print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
207		If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
208		{cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
209		However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
210		(e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
211		the cert fingerprint.
212		That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
213		does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
214		by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
215		to md5.
216	The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
217		to set SSL options for the server and client side
218		respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
219		Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
220		SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
221		for details.
222	The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
223		See ciphers(1) for possible values.
224	Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
225		if a CRLFile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
226	Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
227		instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
228		TLSv1/SSLv3.
229	Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
230		Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
231	Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
232		SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
233		to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
234	If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
235		TLS server to have a cert is removed.  This only works
236		under very specific circumstances and should only be used
237		if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
238		may not work with a server using this.
239	The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
240		ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
241		separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
242		any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
243		be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
244		and DSA.
245	A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
246		address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
247		without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
248	New operation mode 'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
249		sendmail -C new.cf -bC
250		will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
251	The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
252		future version.
253	Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
254		O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
255		can be used.
256	If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
257		entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
258		only if the individual retry time has been reached which
259		is doubled for each attempt.  The maximum retry time is
260		limited by the specified value.
261	New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
262		to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
263	Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
264		STARTTLS is in use.  Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
265		of Sonic.net.
266	Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
267		small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
268	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0.  Patch from
269		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
270	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
271		nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
272		local part of an address.
273	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
274		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
275		Bryan Costales.
276	LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
277		a user's filter starts other applications.
278		Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
279	Portability:
280		SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
281		with XPG7.  Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
282	Deleted Files:
283		libsm/path.c
284
2858.14.9/8.14.9	2014/05/21
286	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
287		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
288	Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
289		which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
290		Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
291	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
292		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
293		Bryan Costales.
294
2958.14.8/8.14.8	2014/01/26
296	Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
297		OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
298		work properly, causing for example failures for certs
299		that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
300	When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
301		for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
302		On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
303		this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
304		Problem noted by Kees Cook.
305	A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
306		that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
307		same as what sendmail would generate.
308	Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
309		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example, instead
310		of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This means that
311		configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
312		custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
313		This will be turned on in 8.15.  It can be enabled in 8.14
314		by compiling with:
315		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
316		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
317	Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
318		dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
319		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
320		Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
321	If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
322		setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
323		Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
324	Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
325		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
326	Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
327	CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
328		in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
329	LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
330		Patch from Bill Parker.
331	LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
332		fail.  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
333	Portability:
334		Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
335		On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
336		for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
337		least 2.1.
338	Added Files:
339		devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
340		devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
341
3428.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
343	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
344		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
345		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
346		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
347	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
348		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
349		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
350		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
351	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
352		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
353		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
354		of Obludarium.
355	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
356		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
357		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
358		that are not converted as those functions are used
359		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
360		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
361	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
362		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
363		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
364		of IIJ.
365	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
366		of Oracle.
367	Portability:
368		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
369		definitions.
370
3718.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
372	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
373		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
374		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
375		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
376	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
377		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
378		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
379		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
380		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
381		as a DKIM signing milter.
382	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
383		runners could not be started anymore because an
384		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
385	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
386		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
387		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
388		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
389		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
390		should not be done without considering the potential
391		problems.
392	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
393		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
394		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
395		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
396	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
397		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
398		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
399		Patch from Peter.
400	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
401		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
402		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
403		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
404		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
405	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
406		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
407	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
408		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
409	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
410		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
411	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
412		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
413		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
414		by James Carey of Boeing.
415	Portability:
416		Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
417		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
418		John Beck of Oracle.
419	Added Files:
420		devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
421		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
422
4238.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
424	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
425		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
426		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
427		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
428		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
429	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
430		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
431		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
432	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
433		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
434		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
435		versions the mail might have been queued up already
436		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
437		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
438		delivery.
439	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
440	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
441		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
442	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
443		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
444		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
445		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
446	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
447		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
448		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
449		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
450		InfoSecurity.
451	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
452		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
453		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
454	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
455		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
456		unparseable) address is specified.
457	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
458		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
459		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
460	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
461		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
462		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
463		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
464		found by Andy Fiddaman.
465	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
466		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
467	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
468		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
469		Stefan Christensen.
470	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
471		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
472	Portability:
473		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
474		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
475		from John Marshall.
476		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
477		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
478		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
479		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
480		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
481		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
482		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
483		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
484	New Files:
485		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
486
4878.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
488	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
489		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
490		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
491		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
492	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
493		could occur which might result in bogus characters
494		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
495		Pepperdine University.
496	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
497		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
498	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
499		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
500		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
501		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
502		Hubert of University of Washington.
503	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
504		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
505		to be happening on some Linux versions).
506	The process title was missing the current load average when
507		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
508		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
509	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
510		only some of them are processed.
511	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
512		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
513		of Sun Microsystems.
514	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
515		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
516		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
517	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
518		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
519		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
520		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
521		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
522		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
523		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
524		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
525	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
526		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
527		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
528	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
529		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
530	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
531		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
532		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
533	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
534		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
535		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
536	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
537		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
538	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
539		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
540		Myers of Proofpoint.
541	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
542		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
543		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
544	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
545		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
546		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
547		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
548		University of Helsinki.
549	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
550		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
551		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
552		libraries).
553	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
554		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
555	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
556		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
557		Pineau.
558	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
559		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
560		John Nemeth.
561	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
562		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
563		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
564	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
565		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
566	Portability:
567		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
568		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
569		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
570		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
571
5728.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
573	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
574		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
575		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
576		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
577		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
578	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
579		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
580		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
581		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
582		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
583	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
584		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
585	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
586		noted by Beth Halsema.
587	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
588		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
589		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
590	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
591		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
592	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
593		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
594		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
595		whether libmilter contains this fix.
596	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
597		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
598	Portability:
599		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
600		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
601		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
602		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
603	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
604	Added Files:
605		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
606		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
607
6088.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
609	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
610		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
611		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
612		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
613		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
614	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
615		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
616		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
617		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
618		Myers of Proofpoint.
619	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
620		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
621	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
622		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
623		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
624		recipients.
625	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
626		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
627		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
628	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
629		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
630	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
631		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
632		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
633	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
634		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
635		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
636		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
637		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
638	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
639		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
640		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
641	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
642		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
643		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
644	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
645		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
646		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
647		than one LDAP server.
648	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
649		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
650		a system which does not have the compile time flag
651		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
652		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
653	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
654		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
655		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
656	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
657		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
658		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
659	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
660	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
661		replacing files.
662	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
663		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
664	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
665		appropriate.
666	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
667		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
668		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
669	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
670		from the version number, however, the returned value was
671		correct for the current libmilter version.
672
6738.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
674	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
675		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
676		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
677		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
678		found by Andy Fiddaman.
679	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
680		could not be set in 8.14.0.
681	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
682		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
683		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
684		Werner Wiethege.
685	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
686		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
687		Science and Mathematics.
688	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
689	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
690		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
691		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
692		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
693	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
694		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
695	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
696		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
697	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
698		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
699	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
700		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
701	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
702		Patches from Bryan Costales.
703	PORTABILITY FIXES:
704		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
705			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
706			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
707			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
708		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
709			Software Systems.
710	New Files:
711		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
712		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
713		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
714
715	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
716		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
717		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
718
7198.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
720	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
721		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
722		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
723		  headers.
724	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
725		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
726		exactly one space.
727	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
728		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
729		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
730		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
731		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
732		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
733	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
734		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
735		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
736		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
737	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
738		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
739	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
740		Patch from Nik Clayton.
741	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
742		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
743	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
744		per daemon socket:
745			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
746			refuseLA	RefuseLA
747			delayLA		DelayLA
748			queueLA		QueueLA
749			children	MaxDaemonChildren
750	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
751		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
752		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
753		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
754	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
755		from Nik Clayton.
756	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
757		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
758		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
759		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
760	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
761		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
762		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
763		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
764	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
765		readable" status.
766	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
767		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
768	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
769		is a header address it also distinguishes between
770		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
771		envelope addresses).
772	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
773		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
774	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
775	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
776		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
777		slow down responding.
778	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
779		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
780		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
781		a file where to store the selected key.
782	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
783		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
784		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
785		connection is terminated immediately.
786	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
787		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
788		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
789	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
790		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
791		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
792			a query if it is too long.
793		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
794			to form the result of a lookup.
795	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
796		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
797		started by using "make check".
798	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
799		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
800		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
801	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
802		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
803	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
804		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
805		intended.
806	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
807		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
808	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
809		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
810		which may improve the communication performance on some
811		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
812		Proofpoint.
813	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
814		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
815		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
816		line.
817	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
818		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
819	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
820		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
821		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
822	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
823		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
824		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
825	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
826		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
827		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
828		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
829	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
830		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
831		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
832		each delivery.
833	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
834		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
835		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
836		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
837	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
838		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
839		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
840		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
841		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
842		Sun Microsystems.
843	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
844		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
845		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
846	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
847		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
848	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
849		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
850			To:user@example.com	RELAY
851	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
852		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
853		SMTP dialogue.
854	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
855		for the HELO/EHLO command.
856	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
857		messages by using those values as second argument.
858		Patches from Nelson Fung.
859	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
860		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
861		preceded by a backslash.
862	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
863		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
864		the required installation directories.
865	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
866		executables (defaults to confCC).
867	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
868		has several changes which are listed below and documented
869		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
870	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
871		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
872		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
873		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
874		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
875		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
876		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
877	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
878		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
879		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
880		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
881		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
882		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
883	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
884		can act on the DATA command.
885	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
886		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
887	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
888		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
889		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
890	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
891		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
892		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
893		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
894		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
895		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
896		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
897	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
898		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
899	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
900		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
901	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
902		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
903		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
904		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
905		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
906	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
907		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
908		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
909		negotiation.
910	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
911		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
912		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
913		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
914		inserted, or replaced.
915	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
916		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
917		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
918	New Files:
919		cf/feature/badmx.m4
920		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
921		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
922		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
923		include/sm/misc.h
924		include/sm/sendmail.h
925		include/sm/tailq.h
926		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
927		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
928		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
929		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
930		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
931		libmilter/example.c
932		libmilter/monitor.c
933		libmilter/worker.c
934		libsm/memstat.c
935		libsm/t-memstat.c
936		libsm/t-qic.c
937		libsm/util.c
938		sendmail/daemon.h
939		sendmail/map.h
940
9418.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
942	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
943		the server can erroneously report that there is
944		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
945		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
946		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
947		of University of Washington.
948	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
949		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
950		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
951		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
952	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
953		David F. Skoll.
954	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
955		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
956	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
957		range (0..255).
958	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
959		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
960		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
961		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.me
962		about these macros.
963
9648.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
965	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
966		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
967		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
968		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
969		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
970		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
971		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
972		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
973		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
974		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
975	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
976		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
977		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
978	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
979		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
980		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
981		layer made in 8.13.6.
982	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
983		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
984		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
985		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
986		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
987		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
988		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
989		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
990		to avoid those false positives.
991	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
992		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
993		files were not removed.
994	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
995		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
996		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
997	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
998		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
999		either of these versions and compression is available,
1000		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
1001		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
1002	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
1003		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
1004		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
1005		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
1006		but an argument must be specified.
1007	Portability:
1008		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
1009		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
1010
10118.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
1012	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
1013		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
1014		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
1015		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
1016		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
1017		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
1018		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
1019	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
1020		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
1021		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
1022		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
1023		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
1024		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
1025	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
1026		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
1027		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
1028		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1029	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
1030		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
1031		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
1032		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
1033		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
1034		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
1035		A. Earickson of Colby College.
1036	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
1037		Myers of Proofpoint.
1038	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
1039		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
1040		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
1041	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
1042		resume a stored TLS session.
1043	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
1044		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
1045		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
1046	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
1047		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
1048		Sun Microsystems.
1049	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
1050		This generates an error message from libmilter on
1051		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
1052		request silently.
1053	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
1054		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
1055		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
1056		Services.
1057	Portability:
1058		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
1059		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
1060		Andrew Brown.
1061
10628.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
1063	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
1064		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
1065		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
1066		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
1067		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
1068		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
1069		than the base directory.
1070	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
1071		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
1072		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
1073		Werner Wiethege.
1074	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
1075		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
1076		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
1077		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1078	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
1079		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1080		University.
1081	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
1082		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1083	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
1084		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
1085		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1086	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
1087		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
1088	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
1089	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
1090		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
1091		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1092	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
1093		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
1094	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
1095			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
1096			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
1097			source code.
1098		Add support for AIX 5.3.
1099		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
1100		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1101		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
1102	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
1103		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
1104			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
1105			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1106		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
1107			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
1108			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1109			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1110		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
1111			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
1112			by Mike Pechkin.
1113	New Files:
1114		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
1115		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
1116		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
1117		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1118		include/sm/time.h
1119
11208.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
1121	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1122		different error which could result in connections that
1123		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1124		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1125	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
1126		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1127		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1128		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1129	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
1130		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1131	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1132		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1133		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1134		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1135	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1136		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1137		and bounce generation.
1138	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1139		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1140		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1141		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1142		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1143	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
1144		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1145	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
1146		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1147	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1148		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1149		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1150	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1151		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
1152		by Joe Maimon.
1153	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1154		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
1155		on patch by Brian Kantor.
1156	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1157		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
1158		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1159	Portability:
1160		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1161			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1162			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
1163			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1164			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1165		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
1166			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1167			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1168			University of Bremen.
1169	New Files:
1170		include/sm/sem.h
1171		libsm/sem.c
1172		libsm/t-sem.c
1173
11748.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
1175	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1176		is active.
1177	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1178		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1179		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1180	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1181		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1182		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1183	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1184		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1185		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1186		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1187
11888.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
1189	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1190		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
1191		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
1192		Simple Nomad of BindView.
1193	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1194		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1195		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1196	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1197		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1198		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
1199		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
1200		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1201	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1202		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1203	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1204		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1205		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1206	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1207		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1208	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1209		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
1210		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1211	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1212		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1213	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1214		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1215		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1216	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1217		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1218	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1219		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1220		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1221	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1222		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1223		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1224	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
1225		noted by Nelson Fung.
1226	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1227		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
1228	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
1229		by Nelson Fung.
1230	Portability:
1231		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1232	New Files:
1233		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1234		devtools/OS/DragonFly
1235		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1236	Deleted Files:
1237		libsm/vsscanf.c
1238
12398.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
1240	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1241		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1242		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1243		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1244	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1245		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1246	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1247		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1248		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
1249		by David Russell.
1250	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1251		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1252		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1253		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
1254	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1255		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1256		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1257	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1258		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1259	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1260		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1261		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
1262		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1263		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1264		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1265		Bielefeld.
1266	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1267		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1268	Portability:
1269		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
1270			noted by Geoff Adams.
1271		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1272		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1273			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1274		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1275			incompatibilities with various *roff related
1276			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1277	New Files:
1278		doc/op/README
1279
12808.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
1281	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1282		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1283		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1284		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1285		University.
1286	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1287		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1288		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1289	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1290		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1291	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1292		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
1293		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1294		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
1295		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1296		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1297	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1298		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1299		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1300		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1301		of cf/README for more information.
1302	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1303		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
1304		the LDAP library.
1305	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1306		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1307		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1308		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1309		library supports it.
1310	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1311		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1312	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1313		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1314		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1315	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1316		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1317		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1318		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
1319		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1320		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1321		determines the length of the interval for which the
1322		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
1323		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1324	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1325		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1326		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1327		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1328		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1329		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1330		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1331		during that connection.
1332	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1333		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
1334		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1335	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1336		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1337		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1338	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1339		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1340	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1341		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1342		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1343		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1344	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1345		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1346		sendmail.
1347	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1348		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1349		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1350		Mines de Paris.
1351	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1352		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1353		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1354		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1355		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1356		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1357		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1358		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1359	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1360		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1361		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1362	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1363		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1364		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1365		by Sander Eerkes.
1366	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1367		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1368		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1369		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1370	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1371		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1372		operates on lost queue items.
1373	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1374		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1375		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1376		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1377		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1378		quarantine reason.
1379	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1380		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1381	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1382		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1383		"QUARANTINE:".
1384	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1385		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1386		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1387		be used for the quarantine reason.
1388	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1389	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1390		message if it is quarantined.
1391	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1392		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1393		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1394		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1395		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1396	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1397		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1398		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1399	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1400		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1401	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1402		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1403		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1404	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1405		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1406		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1407	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1408		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1409	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1410	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1411		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1412	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1413		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1414		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1415	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1416	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1417		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1418		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1419		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1420	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1421		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1422		of the University of Manitoba.
1423	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1424		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1425		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1426		is active.
1427	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1428		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1429		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1430	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1431		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1432	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1433		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1434	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1435		overwrite each other's pid files.
1436	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1437		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1438		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1439	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1440		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1441	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1442		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1443		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1444		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1445		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1446	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1447		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1448		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1449		of Sun Microsystems.
1450	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1451		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1452	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1453		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1454	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1455		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1456	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1457		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1458	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1459		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1460		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1461		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1462	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1463		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1464		further information.
1465	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1466		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1467	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1468		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1469		notifications.
1470	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1471		at all.
1472	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1473		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1474		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1475	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1476		for DaemonPortOptions.
1477	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1478		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1479		of Northern Illinois University.
1480	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1481		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1482		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1483		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1484		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1485	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1486		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1487	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1488		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1489	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1490		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1491		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1492	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1493		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1494	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1495		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1496		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1497	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1498		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1499	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1500		HOSTALIASES.
1501	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1502		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1503	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1504		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1505		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1506		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1507	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1508		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1509		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1510		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1511		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1512	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1513		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1514	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1515		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1516	Portability:
1517		Two new compile options have been added:
1518			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1519			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1520			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1521		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1522			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1523			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1524			programs to match locking techniques.
1525		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1526			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1527		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1528			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1529			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1530			Center for Scientific Computing.
1531		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1532		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1533		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1534			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1535			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1536			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1537			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1538	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1539		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1540		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1541		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1542	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1543		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1544		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1545		of Northern Illinois University.
1546	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1547		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1548		the message using the given reason.
1549	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1550		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1551		DNS records than just A.
1552	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1553		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1554		connections is maintained.
1555	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1556		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1557	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1558		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1559	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1560		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1561		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1562		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1563		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1564	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1565		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1566		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1567		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1568		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1569		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1570	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1571		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1572	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1573		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1574		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1575	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1576		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1577		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1578	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1579		to follow the naming conventions.
1580	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1581		the A= argument.
1582	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1583		local_lmtp.
1584	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1585		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1586	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1587		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1588		its rules.
1589	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1590		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1591		status notifications.
1592	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1593	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1594		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1595		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1596	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1597		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1598		doc/op/op.me.
1599	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1600		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1601		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1602	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1603		certificate revocations lists.
1604	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1605		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1606		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1607		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1608	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1609		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1610		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1611		for more information.
1612	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1613		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1614		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1615		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1616		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1617	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1618	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1619		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1620		of LifeLine Networks.
1621	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1622		Derek J. Balling.
1623	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1624		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1625	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1626		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1627	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1628		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1629		Filters which use this function must include the
1630		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1631	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1632		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1633	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1634		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1635	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1636		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1637		resetting the timeout.
1638	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1639		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1640		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1641	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1642		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1643	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1644		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1645		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1646	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1647		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1648	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1649		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1650	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1651		from Bryan Costales.
1652	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1653		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1654	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1655		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1656	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1657		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1658		Informations Services.
1659	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1660	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1661		instead of '#'.
1662	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1663		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1664		headers.
1665	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1666		for the auto-response message.
1667	New Files:
1668		CACerts
1669		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1670		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1671		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1672		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1673		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1674		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1675		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1676		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1677		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1678		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1679		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1680		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1681		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1682		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1683		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1684		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1685		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1686		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1687		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1688		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1689		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1690		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1691		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1692		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1693	Deleted Files:
1694		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1695		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1696		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1697		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1698		libsm/vsprintf.c
1699	Renamed Files:
1700		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1701
17028.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1703	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1704		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1705		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1706	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1707		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1708		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1709		Techfirm, Inc.
1710	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1711		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1712		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1713	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1714		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1715		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1716		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1717	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1718		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1719		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1720		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1721	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1722		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1723		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1724	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1725		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1726	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1727		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1728		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1729		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1730		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1731		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1732	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1733		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1734		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1735	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1736		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1737		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1738	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1739		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1740		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1741		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1742		external application that accesses qf files.
1743	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1744		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1745	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1746		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1747		Breyha.
1748	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1749		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1750		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1751		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1752		environment.
1753	Portability:
1754		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1755		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1756			Sun Microsystems.
1757	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1758		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1759	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1760		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1761	New Files:
1762		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1763
17648.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1765	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1766		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1767		of Courtesan Consulting.
1768	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1769		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1770		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1771		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1772		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1773	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1774		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1775	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1776	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1777		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1778	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1779		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1780	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1781		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1782		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1783	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1784		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1785	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1786	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1787		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1788		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1789	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1790		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1791		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1792	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1793		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1794	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1795		to make sure they match.
1796	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1797		in the kernel.
1798	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1799		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1800		Bart Duchesne.
1801	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1802		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1803		Craig Hunt.
1804	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1805		from Jerome Borsboom.
1806	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1807		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1808		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1809	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1810		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1811		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1812		after the close() and before the truncate().
1813	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1814		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1815		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1816	Portability:
1817		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1818			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1819			with AIX 5.2.
1820		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1821			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1822		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1823			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1824			of Harker Systems.
1825		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1826			your Linux distribution, compile with
1827			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1828	Added Files:
1829		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1830
18318.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1832	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1833		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1834		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1835		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1836		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1837		includes DNS.
1838	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1839		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1840		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1841		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1842	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1843		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1844		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1845		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1846		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1847		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1848		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1849	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1850		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1851	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1852		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1853		College London.
1854	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1855		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1856		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1857	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1858		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1859	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1860	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1861		text file instead of the database map.
1862	Portability:
1863		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1864			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1865			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1866			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1867
18688.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1869	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1870		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1871		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1872		of ISS X-Force.
1873	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1874		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1875		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1876		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1877	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1878		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1879	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1880		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1881		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1882	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1883		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1884	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1885		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1886		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1887
18888.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1889	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1890		across various connections.  This could cause session
1891		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1892		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1893		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1894	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1895		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1896		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1897	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1898		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1899		Erik Parker.
1900	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1901		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1902		is used.
1903	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1904		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1905	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1906		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1907		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1908		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1909		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1910	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1911		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1912	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1913		of 11 or higher.
1914	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1915		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1916	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1917		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1918		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1919		to be run even if Runners=0.
1920	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1921		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1922		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1923	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1924		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1925	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1926		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1927	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1928		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1929	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1930		by John Majikes of IBM.
1931	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1932		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1933	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1934		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1935		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1936	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1937		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1938		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1939	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1940		noted by Matthias Andree.
1941	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1942		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1943	Portability:
1944		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1945		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1946			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1947			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1948			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1949			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1950			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1951		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1952			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1953		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1954			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1955		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1956			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1957		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1958		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1959			Corporation.
1960		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1961	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1962		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1963	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1964		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1965		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1966	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1967		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1968		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1969		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1970		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1971		in the file itself.
1972	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1973		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1974		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1975		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1976	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1977	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1978		relay.
1979	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1980		in access_db.
1981	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1982	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1983		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1984		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1985	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1986		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1987		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1988	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1989		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1990		Sun Microsystems.
1991	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1992		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1993	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1994		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1995		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1996	New Files:
1997		devtools/OS/Interix
1998		include/sm/bdb.h
1999
20008.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
2001	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
2002		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
2003		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
2004		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
2005		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
2006	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
2007		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2008		Courtesan Consulting.
2009	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
2010		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
2011		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2012	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
2013		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2014		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2015	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
2016		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
2017		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
2018		Earickson of Colby College.
2019	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
2020		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
2021		Courtesan Consulting.
2022	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
2023		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
2024	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
2025		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
2026		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
2027	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
2028		execve().
2029	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
2030		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
2031		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
2032	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
2033		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
2034		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
2035		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
2036		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2037	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
2038		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
2039		supposed for addresses on the header content.
2040	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
2041	Portability:
2042		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
2043			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
2044			fix from Scott Walters.
2045		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2046		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
2047			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2048		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
2049			NETISO support has been dropped.
2050	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
2051		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
2052		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
2053		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
2054		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
2055		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
2056		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
2057		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
2058		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
2059		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
2060		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
2061		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
2062		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
2063		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
2064	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
2065		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
2066		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2067		University.
2068	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
2069		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2070	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
2071		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2072	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
2073		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2074	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
2075		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2076		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2077	New Files:
2078		contrib/etrn.0
2079
20808.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
2081	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
2082		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
2083		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
2084		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
2085		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
2086		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
2087	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
2088		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
2089		with rogue DNS servers.
2090	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
2091		by Bryan Costales.
2092	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
2093		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
2094		Costales.
2095	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2096		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2097		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2098		Polytechnic Institute.
2099	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
2100		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
2101	Portability:
2102		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
2103			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
2104			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
2105			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
2106		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
2107			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
2108			8.13 will change the default locking method to
2109			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
2110			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
2111			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
2112			related programs to match locking techniques.
2113
21148.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
2115	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
2116		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
2117		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2118		section of the top level README for more information.
2119		Problem noted by lumpy.
2120	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2121		instead of 0644.
2122	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2123		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2124		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2125	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2126		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2127		Purdue University.
2128	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
2129		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2130		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2131	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2132		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2133		of Active State.
2134	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2135		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
2136		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2137	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2138		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2139		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
2140		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2141	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2142		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
2143	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
2144		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2145	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2146		or the queue.
2147	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2148		user who started sendmail.
2149	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2150		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
2151		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2152	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2153		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2154		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2155		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2156		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2157	Portability:
2158		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2159			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2160			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2161		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2162			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2163			Charles University in Prague.
2164		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2165			memory.
2166	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2167		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2168	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2169		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2170		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2171	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2172		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2173	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2174		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
2175		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2176		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
2177		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2178	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2179		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
2180		noted by Bryan Costales.
2181	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2182		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2183	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
2184		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2185	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
2186		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2187	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2188		match dnsbl change.
2189	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2190		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2191		installing the sendmail statistics file.
2192	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2193		a user's filter starts other applications.
2194	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2195		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2196	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2197		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2198		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2199	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2200		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2201	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2202		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
2203		noted by Bryan Costales.
2204	New Files:
2205		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2206
22078.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
2208	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2209		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
2210		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2211		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2212		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
2213		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2214		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2215		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
2216		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2217		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2218		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2219		University.
2220	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2221		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2222		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2223		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2224		of INTERMETA.
2225	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2226		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2227	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2228		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2229	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2230		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2231		ActiveState.
2232	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
2233		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2234	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2235		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2236		Northern Illinois University.
2237	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2238		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2239		of Dinoex.
2240	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2241		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2242		Polytechnic Institute.
2243	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2244		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2245		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2246	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2247		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2248		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2249	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2250		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2251	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
2252		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2253	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2254		missing arguments.
2255	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2256		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2257		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2258	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2259		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2260	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2261		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
2262		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2263	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2264		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
2265		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2266	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2267		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2268		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2269		of Concordia University.
2270	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
2271		found by Mario Nigrovic.
2272	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2273		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
2274		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2275		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2276	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2277		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
2278		Elvers.
2279	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2280		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2281		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2282		total number of TCP connections.
2283	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2284		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2285		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2286	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2287		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2288	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2289		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2290		Texas.
2291	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2292		to 451.
2293	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2294		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
2295		patch by Bryan Costales.
2296	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2297		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2298	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2299		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2300		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2301		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2302		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
2303		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2304		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2305		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2306	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2307		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2308		command).
2309	Portability:
2310		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2311			available.
2312		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
2313			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2314			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2315			Skyrr.
2316		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
2317			noted by John Beck.
2318		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2319		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
2320			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2321	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2322		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
2323		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2324	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2325		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2326		error.
2327	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2328		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
2329		Krzysztof Oledzki.
2330	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2331		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2332	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2333		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2334	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2335		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2336		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2337		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2338		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2339		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2340	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2341		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2342		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2343		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2344		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2345		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2346		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2347		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2348	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2349		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2350		noted by John Beck.
2351	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2352		if queue groups are used.
2353	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2354	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2355	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2356		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2357	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2358	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2359		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2360		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2361		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2362		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2363		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2364	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2365		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2366		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2367	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2368		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2369		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2370	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2371		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2372		ldap_memfree().
2373	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2374		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2375	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2376		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2377	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2378		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2379		San Francisco.
2380	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2381	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2382		Joe Barbish.
2383	New Files:
2384		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2385
23868.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2387	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2388		at startup, only log an error message.
2389	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2390		following -b) has been specified.
2391	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2392		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2393		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2394	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2395		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2396		Regensburg.
2397	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2398		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2399		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2400		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2401	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2402		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2403		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2404	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2405		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2406		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2407	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2408		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2409		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2410	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2411		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2412		SMTP connections.
2413	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2414		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2415		and Technology.
2416	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2417		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2418		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2419		Meteorological Institute.
2420	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2421		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2422		Online.
2423	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2424		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2425		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2426		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2427		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2428		types, respectively.
2429	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2430		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2431		of Virginia Tech.
2432	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2433		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2434		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2435	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2436		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2437	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2438		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2439	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2440		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2441		of Vienna.
2442	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2443		of Sun Microsystems.
2444	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2445		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2446		with servers that do not support realms when using
2447		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2448	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2449		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2450		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2451	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2452		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2453		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2454	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2455	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2456		instead of forcing localhost.
2457	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2458		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2459	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2460		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2461	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2462		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2463		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2464		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2465		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2466	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2467		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2468	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2469		Compaq Computer Corp.
2470	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2471		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2472		Tech.
2473	Portability:
2474		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2475			patch provided by HP.
2476		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2477			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2478		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2479			Sachin of Siemens.
2480		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2481		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2482			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2483			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2484			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2485		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2486			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2487		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2488			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2489		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2490			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2491			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2492			Hewlett-Packard.
2493		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2494			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2495			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2496		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2497			Virginia Tech.
2498		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2499			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2500		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2501			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2502	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2503		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2504		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2505	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2506		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2507	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2508		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2509		Florida.
2510	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2511		Altin Waldmann.
2512	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2513		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2514		Hewlett-Packard.
2515	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2516		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2517		of MSFU.
2518	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2519		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2520		Institute.
2521	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2522	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2523		to free memory twice.
2524	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2525		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2526		of Sun Microsystems.
2527	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2528		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2529		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2530		University of Athens.
2531	New Files:
2532		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2533		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2534		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2535		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2536		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2537		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2538		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2539		libsm/mpeix.c
2540
25418.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2542	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2543		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2544		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2545		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2546		found by Michal Zalewski.
2547	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2548		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2549		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2550		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2551	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2552		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2553	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2554		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2555		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2556	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2557		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2558		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2559	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2560		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2561		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2562		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2563		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2564	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2565		canonical name for a host.
2566	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2567		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2568		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2569		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2570	Portability:
2571		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2572			`uname` does not given complete information.
2573			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2574			Aircraft Company.
2575		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2576			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2577		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2578			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2579			Courtesan Consulting.
2580	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2581		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2582	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2583		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2584		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2585	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2586		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blocklists
2587		then use it.
2588	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2589		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2590	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2591		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2592	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2593		and vacation.
2594	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2595		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2596		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2597	New Files:
2598		test/Build
2599		test/Makefile
2600		test/Makefile.m4
2601		test/README
2602		test/t_dropgid.c
2603		test/t_setgid.c
2604	Deleted Files:
2605		include/sm/stdio.h
2606		include/sm/sysstat.h
2607
26088.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2609	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2610		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2611		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2612		default).  The installation process tries to install
2613		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2614		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2615	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2616		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2617		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2618		flags:
2619			GroupWritableForwardFile
2620			WorldWritableForwardFile
2621			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2622			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2623		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2624	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2625		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2626		(IdS).
2627	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2628		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2629		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2630		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2631		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2632		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2633	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2634		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2635		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2636		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2637		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2638	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2639		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2640	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2641		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2642		sendmail/SECURITY.
2643	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2644		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2645		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2646	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2647		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2648		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2649		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2650		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2651	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2652		command has been removed.
2653	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2654		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2655	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2656		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2657		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2658		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2659	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2660		long, to accommodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2661		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2662		supported.
2663	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2664		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2665		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2666		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2667		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2668		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2669		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2670		creation rather than just before delivery.
2671	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2672		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2673		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2674		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2675		preference matches (coattail).
2676	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2677		try other MX hosts if available.
2678	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2679		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2680	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2681		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2682		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2683	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2684	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2685		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2686		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2687		removed in future versions.
2688	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2689		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2690	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2691		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2692		doc/op/op.me for details.
2693	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2694		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2695		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2696		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2697	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2698	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2699		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2700	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2701		recipient; useful to decide whether a connection is secure
2702		enough on a per recipient basis.
2703	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2704		for STARTTLS.
2705	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2706		value "NOT".
2707	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2708		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2709	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2710		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2711	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2712		really required.  This change results in a noticeable
2713		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2714		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2715	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2716		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2717	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2718		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2719		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2720		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2721		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2722		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2723		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2724		by a queue run.
2725	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2726		system each queue directory resides in.
2727	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2728	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2729	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2730		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2731		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2732		same time.
2733	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2734		active queue runner processes.
2735	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2736		runners per queue group.
2737	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2738		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2739		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2740		of the queue that match during processing.
2741	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2742		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2743		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2744		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2745		persistent queue runner.
2746	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2747		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2748		sendmail -q15m).
2749	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2750		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2751	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2752		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2753	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2754		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2755	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2756		of the qf file (older entries first).
2757	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2758		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2759		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2760		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2761	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2762		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2763	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2764		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2765		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2766		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2767		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2768	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2769		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2770		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2771	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2772		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2773		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2774		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2775		details.
2776	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2777		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2778	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2779		and the usual documentation for details.
2780	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2781	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2782		announced in 8.10.
2783	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2784	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2785		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2786		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2787	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2788		-r (number of retries).
2789	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2790		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2791		and value separated by the given separator.
2792	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2793		to map class arith.
2794	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2795		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2796	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2797		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2798	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2799		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2800		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2801	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2802		filenames with spaces).
2803	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2804	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2805		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2806		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2807		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2808		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2809		to the loopback net.
2810	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2811	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2812		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2813	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2814		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2815	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2816		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2817	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2818		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2819		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2820		Development Group.
2821	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2822		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2823		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2824		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2825		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2826		load average is exceeded.
2827	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2828		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2829		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2830		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2831		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2832	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2833	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2834	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2835		instead.
2836	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2837		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2838	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2839		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2840		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2841	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2842		for direct (command line) submissions.
2843	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2844		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2845		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2846	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2847		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2848		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2849	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2850		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2851		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2852		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2853	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2854		before logging.
2855	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2856		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2857	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2858	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2859		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2860		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2861	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2862		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2863		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2864	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2865		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2866		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2867		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2868		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2869		See libsm/index.html for details.
2870	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2871		care of by fork() and exit().
2872	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2873		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2874		new and old (from new libsm).
2875	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2876		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2877	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2878	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2879		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2880		synchronizations calls.
2881	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2882	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2883	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2884		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2885	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2886		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2887		for details.
2888	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2889		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2890		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2891		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2892	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2893		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2894		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2895	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2896		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2897		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2898		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2899		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2900		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2901		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2902	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2903		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2904	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2905		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2906	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2907		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2908		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2909		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2910		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2911		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2912		Urbana-Champaign.
2913	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2914		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2915	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2916		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2917		connections.
2918	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2919		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2920		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2921		cf/README.
2922	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2923		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2924		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2925		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2926		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2927		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2928		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2929		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2930		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2931		example).
2932	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2933		the default schema used in the above two items.
2934	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2935		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2936		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2937	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2938		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2939		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2940	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2941		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2942		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2943		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2944		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2945	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2946		HELO/EHLO commands.
2947	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2948		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2949		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2950		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2951		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2952		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2953		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2954	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2955		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2956		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2957		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2958		(verbose) command line option.
2959	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2960		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2961		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2962		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2963	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2964		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2965		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2966	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2967		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2968		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2969	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2970		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2971		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2972		British Columbia.
2973	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2974		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2975	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2976		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2977		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2978		if required.
2979	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2980		class instead.
2981	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2982		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2983		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2984		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2985	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2986		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2987	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2988		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2989		Nelson of IBM.
2990	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2991		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2992		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2993		their defaults are:
2994		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2995		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2996		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2997		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2998		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2999		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
3000		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
3001	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
3002		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
3003	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
3004		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3005		Meteorological Institute.
3006	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
3007		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
3008		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
3009	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
3010		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
3011		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3012	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
3013		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
3014		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
3015		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
3016		See sendmail/README for further information.
3017	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
3018		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
3019		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
3020	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
3021		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
3022		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3023	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
3024		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
3025	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
3026		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
3027		flora.ca.
3028	Portability:
3029		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
3030			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
3031			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3032		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
3033			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
3034			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
3035			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
3036			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
3037			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3038		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
3039			Solaris 8 and later.
3040		Add support for OpenUNIX.
3041	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
3042	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
3043	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
3044	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
3045	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
3046		temporary lookup failures.
3047	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
3048		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
3049		or IP nets.
3050	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
3051		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
3052		to get through.
3053	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
3054		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
3055		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
3056		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
3057		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
3058	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
3059		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
3060		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
3061		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
3062	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
3063		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
3064		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3065	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
3066		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
3067		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
3068	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
3069		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
3070	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
3071		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
3072		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
3073	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
3074		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
3075		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
3076		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
3077		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
3078	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
3079		cf/README for details.
3080	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
3081		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
3082		University of Maryland.
3083	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
3084		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
3085	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
3086		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
3087		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
3088	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
3089		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
3090		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
3091		Solving.
3092	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
3093		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
3094	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
3095		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
3096	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
3097		immediately.
3098	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
3099		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
3100		See cf/README for details.
3101	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
3102		temporary lookup failures.
3103	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
3104		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
3105	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
3106		memory use.
3107	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
3108		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
3109		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
3110		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
3111		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
3112	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
3113		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3114	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
3115		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3116	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
3117		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3118	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3119		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
3120		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
3121		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
3122	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3123	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3124		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3125		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3126		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
3127		additional details.
3128	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3129		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3130		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
3131		information.
3132	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3133		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
3134		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3135	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3136		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
3137		recipients as user unknown.
3138	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3139		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3140		section of cf/README for more information.
3141	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3142		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3143		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3144	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3145		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3146		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3147	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3148		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
3149		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
3150		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
3151		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
3152		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
3153		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
3154		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
3155		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
3156		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
3157		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3158	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3159		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
3160		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
3161		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
3162		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
3163	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3164		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
3165		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
3166		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
3167		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
3168		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
3169		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
3170		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3171		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3172		doc/op/op.me for details.
3173	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3174		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
3175		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3176	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3177		dequote map.
3178	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3179	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3180		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3181	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3182		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
3183		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3184		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3185		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3186		This affects the access database as well as the
3187		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3188	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3189	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3190	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3191		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3192		Mississippi State University.
3193	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3194		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3195	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3196		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3197		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3198	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3199		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3200		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3201	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3202		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3203		systems which don't include cat directories.
3204	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3205	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3206		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
3207		mailbox database type.
3208	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3209		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3210		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
3211		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3212	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3213		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3214	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3215		instead of white space.
3216	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3217		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3218		Meteorological Institute.
3219	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3220	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3221		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3222	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3223		instead of syslog.
3224	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3225		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
3226		to specify the database and message file since there is no
3227		home directory for the default settings for these options.
3228	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3229		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3230		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
3231		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3232	New Directories:
3233		libmilter/docs
3234	New Files:
3235		cf/cf/README
3236		cf/cf/submit.cf
3237		cf/cf/submit.mc
3238		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3239		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3240		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3241		cf/feature/msp.m4
3242		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3243		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3244		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3245		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3246		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3247		cf/sendmail.schema
3248		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3249		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3250		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3251		editmap/*
3252		include/sm/*
3253		libsm/*
3254		libsmutil/cf.c
3255		libsmutil/err.c
3256		sendmail/SECURITY
3257		sendmail/TUNING
3258		sendmail/bf.c
3259		sendmail/bf.h
3260		sendmail/sasl.c
3261		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3262		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3263		sendmail/tls.c
3264	Deleted Files:
3265		cf/feature/rbl.m4
3266		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
3267		devtools/OS/AIX.2
3268		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3269		include/sendmail/errstring.h
3270		include/sendmail/useful.h
3271		libsmutil/errstring.c
3272		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3273		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3274		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3275		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3276		sendmail/clock.c
3277	Renamed Files:
3278		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3279		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3280		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3281
32828.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
3283	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3284		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3285		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3286		of ISS X-Force.
3287	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3288		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3289		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3290		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3291		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3292		includes DNS.
3293	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3294		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3295		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
3296		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3297	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3298		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3299		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3300		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3301		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3302		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3303		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3304	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3305		across various connections.  This could cause session
3306		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3307		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
3308		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3309	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3310		canonical name for a host.
3311	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3312	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3313		or the queue.
3314	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3315		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3316		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3317		Polytechnic Institute.
3318	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3319		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3320		Purdue University.
3321	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3322		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3323		Texas.
3324	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3325		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3326		error.
3327	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3328		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3329	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3330		and vacation.
3331	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3332		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3333	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3334		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
3335		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3336	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3337		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3338		Sun Microsystems.
3339	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3340		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3341		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3342
33438.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3344	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3345		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3346		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3347	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3348		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3349		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3350		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3351		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3352	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3353		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3354		Werner Wiethege.
3355	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3356		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3357
33588.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3359	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3360		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3361		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3362		of SE Netway Communications.
3363	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3364		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3365	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3366		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3367		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3368		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3369	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3370		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3371	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3372		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3373		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3374		University College.
3375	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3376		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3377	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3378		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3379		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3380		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3381		University at Albany.
3382	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3383		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3384	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3385		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3386		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3387		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3388	Portability:
3389		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3390			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3391		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3392			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3393		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3394			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3395		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3396			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3397	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3398		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3399
34008.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3401	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3402		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3403		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3404		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3405		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3406		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3407	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3408		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3409		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3410	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3411		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3412		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3413	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3414		from Kenji Miyake.
3415	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3416		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3417	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3418		the same map again while exiting.
3419	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3420		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3421		of Tuebingen.
3422	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3423		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3424		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3425		Oklahoma State University.
3426	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3427		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3428		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3429	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3430		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3431		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3432		Morgan Stanley.
3433	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3434		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3435		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3436	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3437		from Werner Wiethege.
3438	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3439		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3440	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3441		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3442		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3443		Internet Services.
3444	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3445		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3446	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3447		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3448	Portability:
3449		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3450	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3451		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3452	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3453	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3454		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3455		Meteorological Institute.
3456	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3457		since it generates random process ids.
3458	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3459		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3460		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3461	New Files:
3462		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3463
34648.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3465	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3466		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3467		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3468		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3469	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3470		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3471		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3472		communications consulting gmbh.
3473	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3474		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3475	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3476		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3477		connection came in from the command line.
3478	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3479		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3480		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3481	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3482		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3483	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3484		when they were committed.
3485	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3486		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3487	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3488		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3489		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3490		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3491	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3492		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3493		University.
3494	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3495		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3496		accept() completes.
3497	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3498		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3499	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3500		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3501		Wellcome.
3502	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3503		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3504		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3505		University.
3506	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3507		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3508		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3509		University of New Brunswick.
3510	Portability:
3511		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3512			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3513			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3514		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3515			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3516		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3517			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3518			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3519		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3520			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3521			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3522	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3523		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3524	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3525		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3526	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3527		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3528		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3529		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3530		Institute.
3531	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3532		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3533		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3534	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3535		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3536	Renamed Files:
3537		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3538
35398.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3540	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3541		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3542		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3543		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3544		Schools" project (IdS).
3545	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3546		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3547		be enabled by compiling with:
3548		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3549		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3550		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3551	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3552		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3553	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3554		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3555		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3556		Colby College.
3557	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3558		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3559	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3560		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3561		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3562		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3563	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3564		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3565		NxNetworks, Inc.
3566	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3567		client name.
3568	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3569		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3570		the Universitat Regensburg.
3571	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3572		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3573		University of Arizona.
3574	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3575		of Collective Technologies.
3576	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3577		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3578		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3579		Engineering.
3580	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3581		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3582		Meteorological Institute.
3583	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3584		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3585	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3586		Meteorological Institute.
3587	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3588		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3589		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3590		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3591	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3592		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3593		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3594	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3595		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3596		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3597	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3598		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3599		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3600		counting.
3601	Portability:
3602		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3603			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3604			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3605		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3606			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3607		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3608			Rosenman.
3609		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3610			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3611		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3612			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3613			of Pacific Access.
3614		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3615			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3616		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3617			Microsystems.
3618	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3619		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3620		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3621	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blocklist server for
3622		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3623	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3624		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3625	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3626		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3627	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3628		Virginia Tech.
3629	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3630		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3631		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3632	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3633	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3634		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3635		gmbh.
3636	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3637		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3638	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3639		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3640		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3641		of Kyoto University.
3642	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3643		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3644		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3645		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3646		version.
3647	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3648		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3649		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3650	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3651	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3652		or *-owner.
3653	New Files:
3654		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3655		contrib/buildvirtuser
3656		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3657
36588.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3659	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3660		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3661	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3662		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3663		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3664		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3665		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3666	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3667		wildcards.
3668	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3669		process may close the connection before the child process
3670		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3671		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3672		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3673	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3674		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3675	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3676		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3677		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3678		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3679	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3680		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3681		of EarthLink.
3682	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3683	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3684		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3685		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3686	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3687		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3688	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3689		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3690		Fournier of Acadia University.
3691	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3692		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3693		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3694		one of the others may be able to take over.
3695	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3696		previous load average query result.
3697	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3698		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3699		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3700		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3701	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3702		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3703	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3704		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3705		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3706	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3707		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3708	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3709		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3710		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3711	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3712		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3713	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3714		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3715		University of British Columbia.
3716	Portability:
3717		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3718			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3719			override the setting.  Suggested by
3720			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3721		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3722			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3723			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3724		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3725			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3726			College.
3727		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3728			Tom Moore of NCR.
3729		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3730			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3731		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3732			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3733			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3734		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3735			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3736			Consulting.
3737	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3738		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3739	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3740		errors in the MAIL address.
3741	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3742		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3743	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3744		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3745	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3746		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3747		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3748		Ericsson.
3749	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3750		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3751		mailer as described in cf/README.
3752	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3753		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3754	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3755		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3756	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3757		sendmail.
3758	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3759		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3760		Meteorological Institute.
3761	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3762	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3763		dot as the only character on the line.
3764	New Files:
3765		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3766
37678.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3768	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3769		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3770		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3771		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3772		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3773		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3774		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3775	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3776		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3777		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3778		Systems in this category should compile with
3779		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3780		system and report broken implementations to
3781		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3782		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3783	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3784		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3785		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3786	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3787		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3788		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3789		cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3790	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3791		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3792		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3793		in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3794	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3795		random data.
3796	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3797		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3798		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3799	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3800		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3801		Martin of CMU.
3802	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3803		strength factor.
3804	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3805		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3806		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3807		of CMU.
3808	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3809		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3810		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3811	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3812		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3813		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3814		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3815		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3816		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3817		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3818		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3819	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3820		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3821		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3822		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3823		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3824		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3825	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3826		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3827		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3828		of Sun Microsystems.
3829	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3830		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3831		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3832		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3833		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3834		delivery attempts.
3835	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3836		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3837		smoe.org.
3838	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3839		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3840		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3841	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3842		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3843	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3844		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3845		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3846		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3847	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3848		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3849		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3850	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3851		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3852		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3853		of Northern Illinois University.
3854	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3855		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3856	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3857		to kilobyte units.
3858	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3859		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3860		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3861		Polytechnic.
3862	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3863		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3864		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3865		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3866	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3867		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3868		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3869	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3870		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3871	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3872		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3873		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3874	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3875		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3876		G. Thomas Consulting.
3877	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3878		port number (113).
3879	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3880		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3881	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3882		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3883		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3884	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3885		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3886		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3887		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3888	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3889		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3890		University of Mainz.
3891	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3892		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3893	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3894		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3895	Portability:
3896		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3897			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3898			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3899		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3900		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3901			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3902			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3903			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3904		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3905			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3906		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3907			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3908			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3909			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3910			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3911	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3912		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3913	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3914		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3915		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3916		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3917		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3918		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3919		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3920		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3921		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3922	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3923		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3924		cf/README for more information.
3925	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3926	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3927		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3928	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3929		instead of temporary.
3930	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3931		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3932		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3933		Consulting.
3934	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3935		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3936		RootsWeb.com.
3937	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3938		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3939		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3940		University of Maryland.
3941	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3942		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3943	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3944		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3945		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3946		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3947		of the University of Alberta.
3948	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3949		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3950	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3951	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3952		of X.509 certificates.
3953	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3954		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3955		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3956		Universitat Regensburg.
3957	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3958		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3959	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3960		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3961	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3962		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3963	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3964		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3965		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3966	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3967		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3968	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3969		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3970		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3971		University.
3972	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3973	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3974		links.
3975	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3976		reported.
3977	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3978		Denman Tire Corporation.
3979	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3980		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3981	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3982	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3983		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3984	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3985		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3986	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3987		have a From line.
3988	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3989		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3990	Added Files:
3991		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3992		contrib/cidrexpand
3993		contrib/link_hash.sh
3994		contrib/movemail.conf
3995		contrib/movemail.pl
3996		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3997		test/t_snprintf.c
3998
39998.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
4000	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
4001		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
4002		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
4003		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
4004		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
4005	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
4006		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
4007	Added Files:
4008		test/t_setuid.c
4009
40108.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
4011	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
4012		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
4013		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
4014		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
4015		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
4016		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
4017	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
4018		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
4019	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
4020	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
4021		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
4022		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4023	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
4024		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
4025		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4026	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
4027		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
4028	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
4029	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
4030		or higher.
4031	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
4032		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
4033	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
4034	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
4035		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
4036		Polytechnic Institute.
4037	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
4038		discards the message.
4039	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
4040		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
4041		attempted to the alias.
4042	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
4043		flag options.
4044	Portability:
4045		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
4046			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
4047			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
4048			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
4049			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4050		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
4051			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
4052		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
4053			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
4054		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
4055		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
4056			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
4057		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
4058			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
4059			Services, LLC.
4060		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
4061			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
4062			Courtesan Consulting.
4063		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
4064			Siemens Business Services.
4065	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
4066		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
4067		of WSRCC.
4068	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
4069	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
4070		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
4071	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
4072		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
4073	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
4074	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
4075		of NEC.
4076	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
4077		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4078	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
4079		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
4080		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
4081		Virginia Tech.
4082	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
4083		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
4084		University.
4085	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
4086		for other internal projects but included in the open source
4087		release.
4088	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
4089		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
4090		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
4091		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
4092	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
4093		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
4094		Sendmail.
4095	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
4096		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
4097		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4098	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
4099		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
4100	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
4101		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
4102		Northern Illinois University.
4103	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
4104		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
4105		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
4106		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4107	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
4108		Polytechnique de Montreal.
4109	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
4110		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
4111		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
4112	Added Files:
4113		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
4114		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
4115	Deleted Files:
4116		contrib/converting.sun.configs
4117	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4118		doc/intro
4119		doc/usenix
4120		doc/changes
4121
41228.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
4123	    *************************************************************
4124	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
4125	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
4126	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
4127	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
4128	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
4129	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
4130	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
4131	    * coach, and a friend.					*
4132	    *								*
4133	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
4134	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
4135	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
4136	    *************************************************************
4137	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4138		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4139		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4140		symbolic link target.
4141	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4142		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4143		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4144	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4145		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4146		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4147		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
4148		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4149		version of sendmail.
4150	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4151		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
4152		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4153		(IdS).
4154	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
4155		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
4156	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4157		for easier code sharing among the programs.
4158	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
4159		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4160		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4161		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4162		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4163		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4164	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4165		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4166		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4167		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4168	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4169		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4170		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4171	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4172		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4173		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4174	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4175		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
4176		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4177		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4178		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4179		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4180	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
4181		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4182		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4183	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4184		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4185		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
4186		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4187		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
4188		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4189	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4190		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4191		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4192		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4193	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4194		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4195		accordingly.
4196	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4197		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4198		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
4199		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4200		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
4201		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4202		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4203	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4204		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4205		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4206		InCert Software.
4207	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4208		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4209		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
4210	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4211		a control socket request.
4212	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4213		settings:
4214		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4215			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4216			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4217			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4218		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4219			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4220			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4221		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4222			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4223			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4224			delivery attempt.
4225		Timeout.resolver.retry
4226			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4227			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4228			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4229		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4230			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4231			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4232		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4233			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4234			query for all resolver lookups except the first
4235			delivery attempt.
4236		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4237	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
4238		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
4239		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4240		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4241		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
4242		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4243		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
4244		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4245		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
4246		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4247	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4248		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4249		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4250		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
4251		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4252		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4253		Telecommunications Ltd.
4254	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4255		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4256		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
4257		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
4258		Inc.
4259	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4260		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4261		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4262	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4263		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4264	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
4265		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4266		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4267	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4268		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4269	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4270	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4271		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4272		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4273	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4274		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4275		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4276	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4277		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4278		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4279		Ltd.
4280	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4281		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
4282		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
4283		example mailer might be:
4284			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4285				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4286				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4287		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4288	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
4289		instead.
4290	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4291		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4292		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4293		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4294	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4295		flags.
4296	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4297		body of the original message on delivery status
4298		notifications.
4299	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
4300		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4301	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4302		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
4303		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4304	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
4305		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
4306		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4307	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
4308		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4309		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
4310		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4311	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
4312		Conwell of Boston University.
4313	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
4314		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4315	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4316		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4317		@Home Network.
4318	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4319		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
4320		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4321	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4322		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4323		similar to check_rcpt etc.
4324	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4325		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4326		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4327		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4328		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4329	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4330		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
4331		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4332	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4333		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
4334		Mathias Herberts.
4335	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4336		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4337		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4338		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4339		in check_compat).
4340	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4341		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4342		option.
4343	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4344	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4345		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4346	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4347		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4348	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4349	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4350		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4351	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4352		is set.
4353	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4354		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4355	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4356		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4357		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4358	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4359	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4360	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4361		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4362		a denial-of-service attack.
4363	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4364		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4365		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4366		overflow attacks.
4367	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4368		alias recursion.
4369	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4370	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4371	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4372		directly before the newline.
4373	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4374		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4375		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4376		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4377		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4378		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4379		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4380		could not be opened.
4381	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4382		value of this option is macro expanded.
4383	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4384		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4385	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4386		(along with the already existing macros):
4387		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4388		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4389		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4390		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4391		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4392		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4393		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4394	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4395		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4396		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4397		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4398		loopback net.
4399	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4400		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4401		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4402	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4403		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4404		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4405		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4406		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4407	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4408		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4409		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4410		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4411		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4412	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4413		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4414		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4415		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4416	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4417		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4418		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4419		Ericsson.
4420	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4421		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4422		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4423		of Ericsson.
4424	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4425		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4426		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4427	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4428		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4429		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4430	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4431		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4432		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4433		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4434	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4435		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4436	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4437		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4438	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4439		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4440		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4441	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4442	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4443		equate name.
4444	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4445		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4446	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4447		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4448	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4449		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4450		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4451		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4452		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4453		David Cooley of Colby College.
4454	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4455		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4456		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4457		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4458		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4459	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4460		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4461		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4462		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4463		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4464		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4465		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4466		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4467		of Stanford University.
4468	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4469		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4470	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4471		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4472		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4473		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4474		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4475		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4476		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4477	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4478		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4479		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4480		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4481	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4482	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4483		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4484	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4485		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4486		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4487		comma separated key and value strings.
4488	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4489		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4490		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4491		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4492		a single connection to that host.
4493	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4494	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4495		LDAP lookups.
4496	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4497		resources.
4498	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4499	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4500	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4501		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4502		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4503		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4504		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4505		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4506		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4507		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4508		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4509		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4510		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4511		with the name "*".
4512	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4513		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4514		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4515		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4516		matches to return.
4517	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4518		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4519		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4520		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4521		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4522		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4523		are defined.
4524	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4525		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4526		Tech.
4527	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4528		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4529		important if you have large classes.
4530	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4531		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4532		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4533	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4534		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4535		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4536		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4537		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4538		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4539	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4540		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4541		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4542		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4543		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4544		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4545		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4546		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4547	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4548		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4549		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4550		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4551		has no effect.
4552	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4553		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4554	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4555		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4556	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4557		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4558	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4559		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4560	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4561		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4562		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4563		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4564		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4565	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4566		10 or higher.
4567	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4568		information (from= syslog line).
4569	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4570		equate (dsn=).
4571	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4572	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4573		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4574		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4575	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4576		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4577		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4578	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4579		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4580	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4581		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4582		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4583		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4584		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4585		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4586	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4587		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4588		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4589	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4590		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4591		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4592	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4593		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4594		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4595	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4596		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4597	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4598		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4599		multiple files.
4600	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4601		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4602		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4603		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4604		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4605		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4606		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4607		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4608		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4609	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4610		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4611	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4612		length before the attempt.
4613	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4614		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4615		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4616		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4617		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4618	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4619		host status files, not all files.
4620	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4621		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4622		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4623		Wonderworks Inc.
4624	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4625		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4626		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4627		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4628		of Hannover.
4629	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4630		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4631		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4632		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4633		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4634		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4635	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4636		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4637		flag:
4638			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4639		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4640		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4641		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4642	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4643		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4644		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4645		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4646		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4647		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4648		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4649	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4650		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4651		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4652		version.
4653	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4654	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4655	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4656		if referencing a named ruleset.
4657	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4658		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4659	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4660		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4661		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4662		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4663		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4664		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4665		the University of Maryland.
4666	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4667		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4668	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4669		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4670	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4671		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4672		COMMANDS).
4673	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4674		but for outgoing connections.
4675	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4676		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4677			a	require authentication
4678			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4679				been received
4680			c	perform hostname canonification
4681			f	require fully qualified hostname
4682			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4683				command
4684			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4685			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4686	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4687			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4688	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4689	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4690		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4691		Institutes of Health.
4692	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4693		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4694	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4695	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4696		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4697	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4698	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4699		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4700	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4701		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4702	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4703		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4704		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4705	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4706		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4707		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4708	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4709	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4710		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4711		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4712	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4713		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4714		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4715		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4716		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4717	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4718		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4719		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4720		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4721		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4722		timeout.
4723	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4724		interface address structure when loading the system network
4725		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4726		Nanoteq.
4727	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4728		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4729		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4730		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4731		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4732	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4733		on load average.
4734	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4735		Northern Illinois University.
4736	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4737		envelope splitting has occurred.
4738	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4739		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4740	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4741	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4742		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4743		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4744		Institute.
4745	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4746		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4747		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4748	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4749		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4750		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4751		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4752	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4753		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4754	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4755		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4756	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4757		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4758	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4759		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4760	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4761		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4762		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4763		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4764	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4765		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4766	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4767		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4768	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4769		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4770		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4771		University.
4772	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4773		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4774		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4775	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4776		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4777		ruleset lines as well.
4778	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4779		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4780		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4781		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4782		Institute.
4783	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4784		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4785		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4786	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4787		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4788		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4789		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4790	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4791		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4792		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4793		of Ericsson.
4794	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4795		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4796		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4797		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4798	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4799		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4800		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4801		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4802		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4803	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4804		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4805		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4806		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4807	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4808		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4809		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4810		University.
4811	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4812		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4813		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4814		'sendmail -bs'.
4815	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4816		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4817		them in the .cf file.
4818	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4819		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4820		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4821		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4822	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4823		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4824	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4825		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4826		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4827	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4828		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4829		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4830		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4831		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4832	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4833		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4834	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4835		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4836		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4837	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4838		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4839	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4840		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4841		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4842	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4843		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4844		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4845	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4846		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4847		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4848		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4849	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4850		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4851		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4852		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4853		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4854		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4855	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4856		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4857		misconfigured firewalls block 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4858		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4859		don't fail on ANY queries.
4860	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4861		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4862		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4863		Northern Illinois University.
4864	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4865		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4866		State University.
4867	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4868		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4869		Northern Illinois University.
4870	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4871		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4872	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4873	Portability:
4874		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4875			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4876			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4877			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4878			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4879		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4880			This allows network interface probing to work
4881			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4882			University of Iowa.
4883		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4884		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4885			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4886			name.
4887		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4888		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4889			Virginia Tech.
4890		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4891		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4892			Amsterdam.
4893		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4894		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4895			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4896		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4897			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4898			in building the operating system.  Users can
4899			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4900			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4901		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4902		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4903		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4904			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4905		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4906			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4907		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4908			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4909		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4910			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4911		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4912			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4913		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4914			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4915			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4916		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4917		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4918			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4919			use that value in conf.h.
4920		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4921			BITart Consulting.
4922		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4923			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4924			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4925			Computer, Inc.
4926		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4927			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4928			of E I A.
4929		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4930			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4931		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4932			fchown(2).
4933		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4934			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4935		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4936			srandomdev(3).
4937		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4938			setlogin(2).
4939		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4940			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4941			Siemens Business Services.
4942		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4943			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4944			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4945		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4946			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4947		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4948			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4949			Aerospace.
4950		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4951			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4952			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4953		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4954			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4955			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4956			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4957			University.
4958		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4959			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4960			Technology Information Network.
4961		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4962			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4963		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4964		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4965			and OpenBSD.
4966		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4967			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4968			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4969			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4970	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4971		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4972		details.
4973	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4974		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4975	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4976	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4977		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4978		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4979	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4980		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4981		Courtesan Consulting.
4982	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4983	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4984		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4985		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4986	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4987		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4988		multiple times.
4989	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4990		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4991		with From:).
4992	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4993		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4994	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4995		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4996		new functionality.
4997	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4998		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4999		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
5000		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
5001		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
5002		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
5003		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
5004		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
5005		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
5006		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
5007		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
5008		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
5009		confPID_FILE			PidFile
5010		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
5011		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
5012		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
5013		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
5014		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
5015		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
5016		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
5017		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
5018		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
5019		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
5020		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
5021	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
5022		which takes the options as argument and can be used
5023		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
5024	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
5025		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
5026		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
5027		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
5028		to "IPC $h".
5029	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
5030		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
5031		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
5032	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
5033		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
5034		value should be changed with care.
5035	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
5036		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
5037	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
5038		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
5039		complain.
5040	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
5041		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
5042		of Q7 Enterprises.
5043	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
5044		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
5045		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
5046		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
5047	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
5048		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
5049		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
5050		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
5051		of Northern Illinois University.
5052	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
5053		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
5054		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
5055	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
5056		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
5057		in it.
5058	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
5059		in class 'P' ($=P).
5060	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
5061		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
5062		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
5063		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
5064		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
5065		is added.
5066	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
5067		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
5068	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
5069		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
5070	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
5071		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
5072	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
5073		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
5074	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
5075		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
5076	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
5077		Hubert of University of Washington.
5078	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
5079		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
5080		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
5081	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
5082	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
5083		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
5084		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
5085	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
5086		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
5087		Services.
5088	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
5089		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5090		Aerospace.
5091	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
5092		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
5093		University and Brian Candler.
5094	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
5095		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5096	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
5097		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5098		Institute.
5099	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
5100		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
5101	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
5102		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
5103		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
5104	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
5105		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
5106	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
5107		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
5108		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5109	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
5110		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
5111		Willamette Industries, Inc.
5112	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
5113		converted to <user@d>
5114	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
5115		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
5116	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
5117		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5118		performed.
5119	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5120		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5121		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5122		Institute.
5123	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5124		be accessed by their numbers).
5125	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5126		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5127		of an address.
5128	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5129		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5130		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5131		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5132	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5133		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5134		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5135	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5136		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5137	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5138	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5139		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5140		Institute.
5141	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5142	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5143		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5144		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
5145		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5146	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5147		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5148		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5149	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5150		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5151	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5152		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5153	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5154		University of California at Berkeley.
5155	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5156		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5157	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
5158		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5159	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5160		Corporation UK.
5161	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5162	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5163		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5164		Yale University.
5165	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5166		be used for building.
5167	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5168		used for a fresh build.
5169	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5170	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5171		ranlib.
5172	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5173		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5174	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5175		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
5176		Costales.
5177	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5178		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5179		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5180		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5181	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
5182		of Siemens Business Services.
5183	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5184		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5185		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
5186		torek.
5187	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5188		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5189		They should contain the C source files for the object files
5190		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
5191		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5192	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5193		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
5194		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5195		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5196		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5197	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
5198		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5199		are in devtools/README.
5200	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5201		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5202	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5203		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
5204		new variable which identifies the root of the source
5205		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5206	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5207		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5208		macro.
5209	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5210	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5211		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5212		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5213		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5214		Corporation.
5215	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5216		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5217		confMANROOTMAN.
5218	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5219		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
5220		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5221	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5222		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5223		Communications.
5224	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5225		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5226	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5227		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
5228		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5229	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5230		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5231		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5232	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5233		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
5234		install-strip target.
5235	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5236		the others (if it exists).
5237	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5238		then the default ones.
5239	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
5240		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5241		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5242		to set the S flag.
5243	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5244		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5245		Northern Illinois University.
5246	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5247		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5248		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5249	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5250		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
5251		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5252		University.
5253	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5254		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5255		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5256		University.
5257	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5258		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
5259		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5260		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5261		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5262		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5263		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5264		University.
5265	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5266		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5267		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5268	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5269		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5270		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5271		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
5272		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
5273		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transferred it to the
5274		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5275		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5276		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5277		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5278		Alcatel Australia Limited.
5279	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5280		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
5281		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5282	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5283		timeout to avoid starvation.
5284	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5285		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5286		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5287	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5288	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5289		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5290		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5291		of Maryland.
5292	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5293		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5294		sendmail configuration file.
5295	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5296		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5297		option.
5298	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
5299		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5300	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
5301		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5302	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
5303		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5304	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5305		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5306	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5307		Corporation UK.
5308	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5309		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5310		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
5311		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5312	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5313		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5314		Institute for Global Communications.
5315	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5316		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
5317		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5318	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5319		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
5320		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5321	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
5322		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5323		of the Institute for Global Communications.
5324	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
5325		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5326	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5327	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
5328		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5329	Changed Files:
5330		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5331			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
5332			which execute the actual Build script in
5333			devtools/bin.
5334		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5335			-mandoc as they were previously.
5336		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5337			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5338			required for Build).
5339	New Directories:
5340		devtools/M4/UNIX
5341		include
5342		libmilter
5343		libsmdb
5344		libsmutil
5345		vacation
5346	Renamed Directories:
5347		BuildTools => devtools
5348		src => sendmail
5349	Deleted Files:
5350		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5351		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5352		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5353		devtools/OS/SINIX
5354		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5355	New Files:
5356		INSTALL
5357		PGPKEYS
5358		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5359		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5360		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5361		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5362		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5363		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5364		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5365		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5366		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5367		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5368		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5369		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5370		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5371		contrib/domainmap.m4
5372		contrib/qtool.8
5373		contrib/qtool.pl
5374		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5375		devtools/M4/list.m4
5376		devtools/M4/string.m4
5377		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5378		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5379		devtools/OS/Darwin
5380		devtools/OS/GNU
5381		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5382		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5383		devtools/OS/m88k
5384		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5385		mail.local/Makefile
5386		mailstats/Makefile
5387		makemap/Makefile
5388		praliases/Makefile
5389		rmail/Makefile
5390		sendmail/Makefile
5391		sendmail/bf.h
5392		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5393		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5394		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5395		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5396		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5397		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5398		sendmail/timers.c
5399		sendmail/timers.h
5400		smrsh/Makefile
5401		vacation/Makefile
5402	Renamed Files:
5403		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5404		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5405		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5406		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5407		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5408		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5409		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5410		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5411		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5412	Copied Files:
5413		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5414
54158.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5416	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5417		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5418		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5419		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5420		Schools" project (IdS).
5421	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5422		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5423		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5424		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5425	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5426		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5427		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5428		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5429	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5430		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5431		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5432		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5433	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5434		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5435	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5436		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5437		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5438		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5439		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5440		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5441	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5442		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5443		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5444		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5445	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5446		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5447		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5448		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5449	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5450		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5451	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5452		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5453		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5454		group of the IETF.
5455	Portability:
5456		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5457			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5458			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5459			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5460			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5461			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5462			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5463			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5464			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5465			Technical University of Denmark.
5466		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5467			Supercomputer Center.
5468		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5469			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5470			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5471			of Stanford University.
5472		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5473			between different releases.  Back out the
5474			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5475			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5476			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5477			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5478		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5479			of Siemens/SNI.
5480		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5481	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5482		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5483		University of Brno.
5484	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5485		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5486		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5487	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5488		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5489		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5490	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5491		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5492	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5493		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5494		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5495	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5496		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5497		MIDS Europe.
5498	New Files:
5499		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5500		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5501		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5502
55038.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5504	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5505		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5506		for a denial of service attack.
5507	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5508		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5509	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5510		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5511		Corporation UK.
5512	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5513		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5514	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5515		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5516	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5517		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5518		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5519		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5520		Internet Services.
5521	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5522		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5523		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5524		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5525	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5526		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5527		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5528	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5529		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5530	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5531		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5532		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5533	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5534		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5535		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5536	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5537		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5538		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5539		Internet Services.
5540	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5541		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5542		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5543	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5544		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5545		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5546		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5547		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5548		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5549		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5550		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5551		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5552		extended testing.
5553	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5554		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5555	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5556		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5557		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5558		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5559	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5560		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5561		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5562		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5563		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5564	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5565		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5566		Network.
5567	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5568		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5569	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5570		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5571		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5572		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5573		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5574	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5575		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5576		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5577	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5578		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5579	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5580		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5581		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5582		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5583		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5584	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5585		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5586		Meteorological Institute.
5587	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5588	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5589		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5590	Portability:
5591		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5592		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5593			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5594			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5595		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5596			reading network interface addresses into
5597			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5598			Cal State University, Chico.
5599		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5600			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5601			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5602			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5603		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5604			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5605		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5606		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5607			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5608		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5609		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5610			of Sun Microsystems.
5611		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5612			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5613		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5614			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5615		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5616			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5617		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5618			of E I A.
5619		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5620			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5621			Information Center.
5622		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5623			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5624			Institute.
5625		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5626			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5627	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5628		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5629		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5630	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5631		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5632		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5633		Manawatu Internet Services.
5634	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5635		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5636		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5637		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5638		of Northern Illinois University.
5639	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5640		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5641		Kiel.
5642	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5643		Dot Com.
5644	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5645		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5646		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5647	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5648		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5649		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5650		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5651		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5652		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5653	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5654		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5655	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5656		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5657	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5658		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5659	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5660		the envelope From header.
5661	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5662		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5663	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5664		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5665	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5666		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5667		Portal Services, Inc.
5668	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5669		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5670		Sun Microsystems.
5671	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5672	New Files:
5673		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5674		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5675		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5676		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5677		src/control.c
5678
56798.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5680	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5681		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5682		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5683		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5684	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5685		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5686		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5687		Meteorological Institute.
5688	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5689		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5690		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5691	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5692		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5693		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5694		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5695	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5696		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5697	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5698		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5699	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5700		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5701		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5702	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5703		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5704		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5705		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5706	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5707		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5708		Flextech TV.
5709	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5710		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5711		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5712	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5713		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5714		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5715		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5716	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5717		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5718	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5719		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5720	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5721		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5722		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5723	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5724		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5725		University.
5726	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5727		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5728		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5729		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5730		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5731		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5732	Portability:
5733		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5734			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5735			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5736			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5737		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5738			of BSDI.
5739		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5740			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5741			PICT Inc.
5742		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5743			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5744		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5745			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5746	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5747		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5748		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5749		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5750	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5751		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5752		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5753	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5754		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5755		would not accept @@hostname.
5756	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5757		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5758	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5759		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5760		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5761	New Files:
5762		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5763
57648.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5765	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5766		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5767		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5768		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5769		which need the ability to override security can use the
5770		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5771		information.
5772	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5773		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5774		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5775		world writable directories.
5776	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5777		it is in a world writable directory.
5778	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5779		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5780		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5781		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5782		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5783	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5784		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5785		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5786	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5787		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5788		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5789		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5790		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5791		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5792		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5793		default.
5794	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5795		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5796		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5797		the University of Maryland.
5798	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5799		of Cal State University, Chico.
5800	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5801		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5802		current version of Berkeley DB.
5803	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5804		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5805	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5806		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5807		of Maryland.
5808	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5809		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5810		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5811		Microsystems.
5812	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5813		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5814		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5815		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5816	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5817		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5818	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5819		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5820		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5821		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5822	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5823		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5824		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5825		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5826		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5827	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5828		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5829		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5830		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5831	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5832		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5833		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5834	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5835		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5836		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5837	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5838		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5839		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5840		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5841		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5842		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5843		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5844		relaying entirely.
5845	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5846		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5847		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5848		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5849	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5850		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5851		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5852		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5853	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5854		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5855		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5856		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5857		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5858	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5859		sender for those failures.
5860	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5861		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5862		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5863		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5864		of Ericsson.
5865	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5866		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5867		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5868		of Procter & Gamble.
5869	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5870		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5871		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5872		of Procter & Gamble.
5873	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5874		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5875		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5876		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5877		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5878			Safe
5879			AssumeSafeChown
5880			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5881			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5882			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5883			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5884			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5885			GroupWritableAliasFile
5886			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5887			WorldWritableAliasFile
5888			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5889			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5890			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5891			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5892			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5893			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5894			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5895			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5896			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5897			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5898			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5899			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5900			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5901			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5902			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5903			WriteMapToHardLink
5904			WriteMapToSymLink
5905			WriteStatsToHardLink
5906			WriteStatsToSymLink
5907			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5908			RunWritableProgram
5909	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5910		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5911		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5912		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5913		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5914	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5915		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5916	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5917		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5918	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5919	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5920		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5921		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5922		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5923		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5924	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5925		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5926		contrast to the success case).
5927	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5928		of the form:
5929			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5930		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5931		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5932		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5933	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5934		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5935		headers.
5936	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5937		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5938		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5939		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5940	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5941		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5942		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5943		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5944		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5945		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5946	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5947		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5948		remote identity can be queried.
5949	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5950		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5951		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5952		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5953	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5954		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5955		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5956		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5957	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5958		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5959		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5960		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5961	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5962		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5963		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5964		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5965		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5966		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5967	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5968		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5969		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5970		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5971		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5972		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5973		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5974	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5975		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5976		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5977	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5978	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5979		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5980	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5981		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5982	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5983		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5984		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5985		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5986	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5987		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5988		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5989		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5990	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5991		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5992		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5993	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5994		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5995		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5996		Institute.
5997	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5998		mail.local.
5999	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
6000		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
6001		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
6002	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
6003		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
6004		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6005	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
6006		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
6007		of InfoBeat, Inc.
6008	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
6009		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
6010	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
6011		mailstats command.
6012	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
6013		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
6014		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6015	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
6016		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
6017		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
6018		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6019	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
6020		Ericsson.
6021	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
6022		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
6023		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
6024		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
6025	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
6026		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
6027		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
6028		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
6029		Stratus Computer, Inc.
6030	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
6031		currently supported version.
6032	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
6033		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6034	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
6035		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
6036		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
6037		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6038	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
6039		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
6040		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
6041		message in error bounces.
6042	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
6043		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
6044		Digital Equipment Corporation.
6045	Portability:
6046		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
6047			of Kyoto University.
6048		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
6049			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
6050			Maryland.
6051		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
6052		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
6053			in Finland.
6054		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
6055			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6056			the University of Maryland.
6057		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
6058			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
6059		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6060			Meteorological Institute.
6061		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
6062			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
6063		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
6064		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
6065		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
6066		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
6067			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
6068			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
6069			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
6070			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
6071		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
6072			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6073		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
6074			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
6075			Microsystems.
6076	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
6077	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
6078		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
6079		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
6080	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
6081		directory for certain programs.
6082	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
6083		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
6084		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
6085		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
6086		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
6087	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
6088		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
6089		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
6090		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
6091	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
6092		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
6093		the user to setup different .forward files for
6094		user+detail addressing.
6095	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
6096		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
6097		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
6098	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
6099		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
6100		outside your domain).
6101	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
6102		any site to any site.
6103	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
6104		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
6105	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
6106		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
6107	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
6108		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
6109		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
6110		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
6111		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
6112	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
6113		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
6114	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
6115		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
6116	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
6117		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6118		host names only.
6119	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
6120		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
6121		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6122		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6123		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
6124		needed for most installations.
6125	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6126		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
6127		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6128		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6129		the University of Maryland.
6130	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6131		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6132		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6133	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6134		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6135		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6136	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6137		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6138	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6139		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6140	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6141		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
6142		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6143		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
6144		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6145	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6146		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6147		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
6148		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
6149		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
6150		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6151		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6152	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6153		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6154	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6155		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
6156		above for more information.
6157	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6158		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6159		Meteorological Institute.
6160	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUser (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6161		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6162		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
6163		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
6164		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6165	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6166		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6167	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6168		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6169		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6170		MustQuoteChars respectively.
6171	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
6172		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6173		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
6174		CMU (now of Netscape).
6175	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6176		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
6177		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
6178		read mail.local/README.
6179	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6180		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6181		University of Maryland.
6182	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6183		University, Chico.
6184	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6185		Meteorological Institute.
6186	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6187		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6188		University of Maryland.
6189	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6190		such as linked files in world writable directories.
6191	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6192	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6193	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
6194		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6195		Braunschweig.
6196	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
6197		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6198		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6199	Changed Files:
6200		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6201			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6202		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6203	New Files:
6204		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6205		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6206		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6207		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6208		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6209		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6210		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6211		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6212		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6213		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6214		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6215		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6216		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6217		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6218		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6219		BuildTools/OS/QNX
6220		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6221		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6222		BuildTools/README
6223		BuildTools/Site/README
6224		BuildTools/bin/Build
6225		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6226		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6227		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6228		Makefile
6229		cf/cf/Build
6230		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6231		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6232		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6233		cf/feature/access_db.m4
6234		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6235		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6236		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6237		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6238		cf/feature/rbl.m4
6239		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6240		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6241		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6242		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6243		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
6244		contrib/doublebounce.pl
6245		mail.local/Build
6246		mail.local/Makefile.m4
6247		mail.local/README
6248		mailstats/Build
6249		mailstats/Makefile.m4
6250		makemap/Build
6251		makemap/Makefile.m4
6252		praliases/Build
6253		praliases/Makefile.m4
6254		rmail/Build
6255		rmail/Makefile.m4
6256		rmail/rmail.0
6257		smrsh/Build
6258		smrsh/Makefile.m4
6259		src/Build
6260		src/Makefile.m4
6261		src/snprintf.c
6262	Deleted Files:
6263		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6264		mail.local/Makefile
6265		mail.local/Makefile.dist
6266		mailstats/Makefile
6267		mailstats/Makefile.dist
6268		makemap/Makefile
6269		makemap/Makefile.dist
6270		praliases/Makefile
6271		praliases/Makefile.dist
6272		rmail/Makefile
6273		smrsh/Makefile
6274		smrsh/Makefile.dist
6275		src/Makefile
6276		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6277		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6278			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6279		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6280	Renamed Files:
6281		READ_ME => README
6282		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6283		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6284		src/READ_ME => src/README
6285
62868.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
6287	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6288		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6289		Meteorological Institute.
6290	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6291		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
6292		Arseneault of SRI International.
6293	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6294		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6295		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6296	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6297		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6298	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6299		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
6300		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
6301		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6302	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6303		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6304		River Systems.
6305	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6306		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6307		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6308		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6309		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6310	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6311		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6312		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6313		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
6314		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6315	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6316		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6317		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6318		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6319	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6320	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
6321		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6322	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6323		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
6324		results during a single message processing (but would
6325		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
6326		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6327	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6328		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6329		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6330	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6331		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6332		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6333		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6334	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6335		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6336		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6337		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6338	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6339		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6340		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6341		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6342		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6343		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6344		Associates.
6345	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6346		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6347		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6348		could cause confusing error messages.
6349	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6350		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6351		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6352		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6353		SuperNet, Inc.
6354	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6355		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6356	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6357		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6358		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6359	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6360		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6361		dropped.
6362	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6363		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6364		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6365	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6366		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6367		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6368	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6369		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6370		Institute.
6371	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6372		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6373		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6374		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6375	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6376		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6377		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6378	Minor lint fixes.
6379	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6380		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6381		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6382		of Stanford University.
6383	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6384		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6385		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6386	Portability:
6387		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6388			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6389			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6390			Electronic Data Systems.
6391		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6392			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6393		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6394		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6395			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6396			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6397			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6398			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6399			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6400			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6401		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6402			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6403			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6404			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6405		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6406			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6407		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6408			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6409		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6410			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6411			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6412			Services.
6413		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6414			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6415		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6416			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6417			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6418		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6419			Services VAS.
6420	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6421	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6422	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6423			Ericsson.
6424
64258.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6426	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6427		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6428		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6429		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6430		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6431		GmbH.
6432	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6433		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6434		of Technology, Stockholm.
6435	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6436		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6437		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6438		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6439		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6440	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6441		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6442		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6443		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6444	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6445		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6446		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6447		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6448	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6449		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6450		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6451		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6452	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6453	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6454		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6455		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6456	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6457		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6458		have to assume that the information is good.
6459	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6460		open or locked.
6461	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6462	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6463		errors during testing.
6464	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6465		printed in the error message.
6466	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6467		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6468	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6469		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6470		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6471	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6472		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6473		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6474	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6475		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6476		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6477		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6478		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6479		Results Computing.
6480	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6481		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6482		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6483		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6484		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6485	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6486		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6487		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6488		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6489		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6490		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6491		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6492		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6493		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6494		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6495		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6496		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6497		simultaneously.
6498	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6499		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6500	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6501		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6502		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6503	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6504		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6505		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6506		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6507	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6508		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6509		CSU Chico.
6510	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6511		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6512		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6513		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6514	Portability:
6515		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6516			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6517			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6518			be used instead.
6519		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6520			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6521		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6522		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6523		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6524			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6525		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6526			in Makefiles.
6527		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6528			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6529		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6530			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6531			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6532			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6533			NCR Corp.
6534		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6535			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6536		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6537			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6538			Resource Network
6539		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6540			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6541			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6542			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6543			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6544			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6545		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6546			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6547			Corp.
6548		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6549			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6550			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6551		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6552			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6553		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6554			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6555			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6556			PlainTalk.
6557	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6558		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6559		by Harry Styron.
6560	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6561		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6562	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6563	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6564		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6565		changed after open".
6566	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6567		files.
6568	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6569	NEW FILES:
6570		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6571		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6572		test/t_exclopen.c
6573		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6574	DELETED FILES:
6575		Makefile
6576
65778.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6578	    *************************************************************
6579	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6580	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6581	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6582	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6583	    *************************************************************
6584	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6585		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6586		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6587		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6588		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6589		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6590		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6591		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6592		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6593		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6594		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6595		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6596		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6597		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6598		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6599		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6600	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6601		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6602		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6603		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6604		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6605		another database; this can be used either to expose
6606		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6607		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6608		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6609		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6610		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6611		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6612		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6613		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6614		system directories.
6615	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6616		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6617		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6618		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6619		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6620		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6621		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6622	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6623		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6624		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6625		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6626		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6627		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6628		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6629		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6630		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6631		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6632		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6633		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6634		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6635		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6636		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6637		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6638	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6639		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6640		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6641		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6642		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6643		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6644	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6645		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6646		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6647	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6648		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6649		same host).
6650	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6651		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6652		from Theo de Raadt.
6653	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6654		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6655		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6656	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6657		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6658		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6659	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6660		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6661		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6662	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6663		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6664		Microsystems.
6665	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6666		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6667		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6668	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6669		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6670	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6671		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6672		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6673	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6674		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6675		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6676	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6677		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6678		Shapiro.
6679	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6680		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6681		Sun Microsystems.
6682	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6683		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6684		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6685		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6686		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6687		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6688	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6689		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6690		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6691		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6692		Mercury Mail.
6693	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6694		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6695		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6696		Morgan Stanley.
6697	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6698		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6699		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6700		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6701	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6702		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6703		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6704		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6705		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6706		not be run.
6707	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6708		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6709		printing.
6710	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6711		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6712		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6713	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6714		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6715	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6716	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6717		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6718		erroneous results during a single message processing
6719		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6720	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6721		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6722		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6723		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6724		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6725		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6726		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6727	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6728		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6729		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6730		address as "may be forged".
6731	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6732		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6733		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6734	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6735		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6736		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6737		of TwinCom.
6738	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6739		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6740		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6741		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6742	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6743		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6744		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6745	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6746		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6747		Institute.
6748	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6749		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6750		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6751		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6752		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6753		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6754		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6755		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6756	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6757		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6758		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6759		book (2nd edition).
6760	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6761		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6762		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6763		John Beck of SunSoft.
6764	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6765		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6766		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6767	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6768		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6769	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6770		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6771	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6772		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6773	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6774		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6775		returns.
6776	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6777		on some architectures.
6778	Portability:
6779		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6780		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6781			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6782			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6783			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6784			of Washington.
6785		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6786			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6787			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6788		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6789		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6790		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6791		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6792			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6793			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6794			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6795		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6796		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6797			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6798			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6799			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6800			Cambridge.
6801		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6802			Kari Hurtta.
6803		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6804			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6805			IRIX Makefile).
6806		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6807			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6808	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6809		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6810		Brian Candler.
6811	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6812		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6813		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6814	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6815		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6816		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6817	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6818		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6819		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6820	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6821		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6822		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6823	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6824		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6825		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6826	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6827		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6828		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6829		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6830		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6831	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6832		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6833		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6834		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6835	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6836		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6837		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6838	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6839	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6840		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6841		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6842		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6843		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6844	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6845		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6846		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6847		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6848		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6849		developers).
6850	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6851		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6852		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6853	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6854		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6855		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6856		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6857	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6858		NEXTSTEP.
6859	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6860		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6861		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6862		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6863		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6864	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6865		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6866		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6867		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6868		for system accounts.
6869	NEW FILES:
6870		src/safefile.c
6871		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6872		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6873		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6874		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6875		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6876	RENAMED FILES:
6877		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6878		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6879
68808.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6881	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6882		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6883		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6884	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6885		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6886		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6887	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6888		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6889		University of Pennsylvania.
6890	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6891		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6892		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6893		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6894		was unnecessarily awful.
6895	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6896		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6897		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6898	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6899		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6900		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6901		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6902		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6903		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6904	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6905		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6906	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6907		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6908		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6909	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6910		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6911		Semiconductor Corp.
6912	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6913		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6914		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6915		at Austin.
6916	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6917		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6918		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6919		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6920		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6921	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6922		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6923		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6924		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6925		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6926	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6927		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6928		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6929		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6930		Costales.
6931	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6932		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6933		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6934		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6935		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6936	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6937		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6938		The current values and defaults are:
6939		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6940		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6941		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6942		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6943		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6944	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6945		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6946		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6947	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6948		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6949	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6950		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6951		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6952		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6953		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6954		Eric Hagberg.
6955	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6956		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6957		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6958		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6959	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6960		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6961		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6962		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6963	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6964		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6965		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6966		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6967		Communications.
6968	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6969		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6970		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6971		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6972	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6973		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6974	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6975		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6976	PORTABILITY:
6977		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6978			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6979		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6980			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6981		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6982		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6983			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6984			(Moscow).
6985		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6986		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6987		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6988		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6989		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6990			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6991	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6992		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6993		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6994		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6995		Received: line.
6996	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6997		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6998		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6999		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
7000		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
7001		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
7002	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
7003		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
7004		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
7005		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
7006		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
7007		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
7008		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
7009		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
7010		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
7011		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
7012	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
7013		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
7014		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
7015		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
7016		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7017	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
7018		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
7019		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
7020	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
7021		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
7022		Long Beach.
7023
70248.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
7025	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
7026		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
7027		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
7028		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
7029		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
7030		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
7031		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
7032	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
7033		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
7034		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
7035		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
7036		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
7037		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
7038		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
7039		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
7040		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
7041	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
7042		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
7043		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7044	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
7045		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
7046		Problem noted by several people.
7047	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
7048		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
7049		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
7050		by several people.
7051	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
7052		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
7053	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
7054		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
7055		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
7056		of Best Internet Communications.
7057	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
7058		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
7059	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
7060		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
7061		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
7062		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
7063		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
7064	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
7065		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
7066	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
7067		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
7068	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
7069		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7070	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
7071		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
7072		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
7073		by Roy Mongiovi.
7074	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
7075		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7076	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
7077		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
7078		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
7079		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
7080		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
7081	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
7082		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
7083		of Kyoto University.
7084	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
7085		conditions from Don Lewis.
7086	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
7087		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
7088		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
7089		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
7090		patch from Bryan Costales.
7091	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7092		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
7093			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
7094			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
7095			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
7096			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
7097		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
7098			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
7099		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
7100			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
7101		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
7102			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
7103			of Tokyo.
7104		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
7105			Services, Inc.
7106		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
7107			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
7108			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
7109			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
7110		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
7111			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
7112	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
7113		than one long one.  By popular demand.
7114	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
7115		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
7116	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
7117		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7118		of NTT Software Corporation.
7119	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7120	NEW FILES:
7121		contrib/etrn.pl
7122
71238.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
7124	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7125		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
7126		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7127		best-of-security list.
7128	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7129		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7130		should make it clearer to people that they are running
7131		the wrong binary.
7132	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7133		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7134		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7135		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
7136		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7137	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7138		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7139		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
7140		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7141	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7142		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7143	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7144		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7145		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
7146		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7147		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7148		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7149		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7150		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
7151		Eric Wassenaar.
7152	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
7153		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7154		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7155		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7156		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7157		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7158		UUNET.
7159	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7160		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7161		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7162		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
7163		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7164	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7165		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7166		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
7167		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7168	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
7169		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7170	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7171		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7172		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7173		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7174	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7175		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7176		University of Linkoping.
7177	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7178		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
7179		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7180	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7181		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7182		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7183		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7184		other end.
7185	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7186		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7187		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7188	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7189		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
7190		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
7191		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7192	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7193		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7194			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7195			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
7196			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7197		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7198			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7199		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7200			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7201		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7202			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7203			The outline of the implementation was contributed
7204			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7205		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7206			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7207			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7208			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7209			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
7210			Earickson of Colby College.
7211		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
7212			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7213			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7214			Kari Hurtta.
7215	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7216		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
7217		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7218	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7219		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7220		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
7221		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7222	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7223		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7224		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7225		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7226		University of Washington, Seattle.
7227	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7228		Polytechnic Institute.
7229	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7230		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7231	NEW FILES:
7232		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7233		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
7234		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7235
72368.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
7237	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7238		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7239	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7240		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7241			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7242			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7243	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7244		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7245	CONFIG: no changes.
7246
72478.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
7248	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7249		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
7250		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7251	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7252		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7253		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
7254		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7255		of WPI.
7256	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7257		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7258		Kyoto University.
7259	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
7260		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7261		on illegal host names.
7262	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7263		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7264		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
7265	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7266		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7267		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7268	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7269		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7270		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7271	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7272		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
7273		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7274	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7275		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7276		University of Leicester.
7277	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7278		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7279		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7280		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
7281		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7282		University of Washington.
7283	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7284		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
7285			people pointed this out.
7286		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7287		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7288			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7289	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7290		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7291	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7292		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7293		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7294		Softec.
7295	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
7296		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7297	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
7298		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7299
73008.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
7301	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7302		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7303	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7304		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
7305		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7306	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
7307		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7308		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
7309		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7310	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7311		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7312		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7313		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7314		NSC (Japan).
7315	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7316		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7317		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7318	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7319		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7320		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
7321		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7322	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7323		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7324		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
7325		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7326		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7327		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7328		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
7329		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7330	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7331		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7332	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7333		printout.
7334	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7335	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7336		square braces.
7337	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7338		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7339		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7340	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7341		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7342		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7343		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7344	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7345		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7346		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7347		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7348	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7349		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7350		Dandelion Digital.
7351	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7352		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7353	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7354		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7355		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7356	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7357		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7358		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7359	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7360		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7361	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7362		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7363		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7364		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7365		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7366	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7367		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7368	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7369		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7370		mailers.
7371	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7372		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7373		Myers of CMU.
7374	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7375		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7376		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7377		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7378		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7379		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7380	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7381		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7382		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7383		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7384		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7385		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7386		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7387		parameter.
7388	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7389		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7390		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7391		University of Maryland.
7392	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7393		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7394	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7395		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7396		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7397	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7398		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7399		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7400		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7401		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7402		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7403		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7404	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7405		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7406		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7407		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7408		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7409	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7410		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7411		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7412		section 5.2.5.
7413	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7414		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7415		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7416		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7417		is for incoming connections only.
7418	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7419		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7420		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7421		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7422		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7423		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7424		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7425		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7426	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7427		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7428		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7429		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7430		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7431		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7432		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7433		that take a very long time to run.
7434	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7435		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7436		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7437	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7438		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7439		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7440	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7441		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7442		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7443	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7444		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7445		Costales.
7446	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7447		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7448		Technologies, Inc.
7449	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7450		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7451		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7452	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7453		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7454		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7455		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7456		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7457		different for this case.
7458	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7459		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7460		of Stanford University.
7461	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7462		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7463		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7464		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7465	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7466		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7467		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7468	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7469		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7470		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7471	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7472		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7473		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7474		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7475	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7476		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7477		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7478		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7479		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7480		Pasteur Institute.
7481	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7482		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7483		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7484		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7485	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7486		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7487		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7488		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7489		canonification.
7490	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7491		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7492		mailers.
7493	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7494		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7495		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7496		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7497		either of these in their configuration file.
7498	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7499		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7500		St. Peter's College.
7501	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7502		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7503	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7504		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7505	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7506		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7507	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7508		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7509		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7510		Costales.
7511	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7512		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7513		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7514		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7515		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7516		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7517		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7518		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7519		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7520		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7521		in rulesets.
7522	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7523		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7524		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7525		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7526		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7527		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7528		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7529		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7530	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7531		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7532		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7533		on that basis.
7534	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7535		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7536	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7537		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7538		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7539		Vixie.
7540	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7541		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7542		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7543		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7544	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7545		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7546		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7547		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7548		two characters $, +.
7549	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7550		debug_dumpstate.
7551	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7552		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7553		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7554		valid recipients.
7555	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7556		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7557		noted by Tom May.
7558	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7559		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7560		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7561		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7562	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7563		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7564		Computing Corporation.
7565	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7566		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7567		Internet Communications.
7568	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7569		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7570		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7571		of Lysator.
7572	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7573		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7574		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7575		of the University of Iceland.
7576	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7577		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7578		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7579		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7580		this change is a no-op.
7581	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7582		Costales.
7583	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7584		Bryan Costales.
7585	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7586		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7587	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7588		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7589	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7590		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7591	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7592		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7593		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7594		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7595	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7596		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7597		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7598		Jones of UUNET.
7599	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7600		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7601		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7602	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7603		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7604		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7605		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7606		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7607		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7608	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7609		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7610		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7611		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7612		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7613		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7614		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7615		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7616		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7617		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7618		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7619		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7620	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7621		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7622		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7623		of Stanford University.
7624	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7625		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7626		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7627		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7628		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7629		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7630		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7631	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7632		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7633		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7634		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7635		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7636		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7637	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7638		Motonori Nakamura.
7639	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7640		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7641		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7642		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7643	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7644		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7645		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7646		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7647		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7648		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7649		value is ".hoststat".
7650		There are also two new operation modes:
7651		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7652		    connections.
7653		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7654		    recent status information.
7655		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7656		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7657		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7658		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7659		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7660	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7661		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7662		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7663		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7664		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7665		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7666		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7667		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7668		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7669		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7670		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7671	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7672		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7673		Costales.
7674	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7675		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7676	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7677		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7678		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7679		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7680	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7681		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7682		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7683		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7684		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7685		Webmasters.
7686	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7687		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7688		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7689		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7690		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7691	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7692		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7693		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7694		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7695		of Washington, Seattle.
7696	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7697		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7698		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7699		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7700		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7701		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7702	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7703		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7704		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7705		Nakamura.
7706	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7707		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7708		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7709		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7710		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7711		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7712		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7713		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7714		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7715		well constrained.
7716	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7717		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7718		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7719		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7720		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7721	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7722		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7723		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7724		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7725		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7726		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7727	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7728		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7729		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7730	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7731		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7732		Wolfhugel.
7733	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7734		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7735	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7736		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7737		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7738	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7739		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7740	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7741		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7742		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7743		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7744		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7745	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7746		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7747		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7748		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7749	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7750		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7751		National University of Singapore.
7752	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7753		detect cases where DefaultUser is set to something that the
7754		system can't cope with.
7755	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7756		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7757			Atlas International.
7758		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7759			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7760		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7761			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7762			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7763			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7764			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7765			Bernstein and Associates.
7766		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7767			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7768			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7769		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7770			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7771		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7772			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7773			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7774		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7775			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7776		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7777			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7778		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7779		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7780		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7781			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7782			Institute.
7783		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7784			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7785		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7786		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7787			Employment Standards Administration.
7788		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7789		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7790			Jr.
7791		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7792			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7793		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7794			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7795		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7796		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7797		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7798		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7799			of the University of Arizona.
7800		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7801			Vanderbilt University.
7802		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7803			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7804			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7805			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7806	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7807		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7808	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7809		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7810		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7811		Foundation.
7812	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7813	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7814		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7815		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7816		Myers of CMU.
7817	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7818		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7819		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7820	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7821		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7822		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7823		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7824		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7825		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7826		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7827		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7828	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7829		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7830		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7831		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7832		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7833		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7834		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7835	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7836		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7837		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7838		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7839			info@foo.com	foo-info
7840			info@bar.com	bar-info
7841			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7842		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7843		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7844		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7845		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7846		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7847		a great many people.
7848	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7849		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7850	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7851		"fax" mailer.
7852	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7853		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7854		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7855		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7856		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7857		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7858	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7859		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7860		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7861		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7862		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7863	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7864		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7865		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7866		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7867		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7868		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7869	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7870		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7871		of WPI.
7872	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7873		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7874		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7875	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7876		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7877		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7878	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7879		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7880		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7881		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7882	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7883	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7884		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7885		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7886		by Andreas Luik.
7887	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7888		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7889		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7890	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7891		Wolfhugel.
7892	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7893	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7894		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7895		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7896		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7897		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7898		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7899		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7900	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7901		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7902		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7903		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7904		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7905	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7906		Costales.
7907	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7908	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7909		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7910	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7911	NEW FILES:
7912		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7913		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7914		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7915		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7916		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7917		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7918		mailstats/mailstats.8
7919		praliases/praliases.8
7920		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7921		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7922		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7923		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7924		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7925		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7926		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7927		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7928		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7929		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7930		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7931	DELETED FILES:
7932		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7933		contrib/xla/README
7934		contrib/xla/xla.c
7935	RENAMED FILES:
7936		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7937		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7938		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7939		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7940		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7941
79428.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7943	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7944		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7945		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7946		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7947		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7948	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7949		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7950		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7951
79528.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7953	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7954		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7955		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7956		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7957		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7958		and others.
7959
79608.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7961	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7962		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7963		any user (except root).
7964	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7965		version number is unchanged.
7966
79678.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7968	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7969		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7970		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7971	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7972		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7973		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7974		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7975	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7976		Costales.
7977	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7978		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7979		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7980			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7981			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7982			Stanford University.
7983	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7984		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7985
79868.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7987	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7988		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7989		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7990	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7991		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7992		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7993		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7994		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7995		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7996		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7997	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7998		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7999		by Kari Hurtta.
8000	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
8001		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
8002		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
8003		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
8004		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
8005		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
8006		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
8007		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
8008		bounces when it should have requeued.
8009	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
8010		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
8011		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
8012		John Hawkinson of Panix.
8013	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
8014		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
8015		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
8016		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
8017		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
8018		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
8019		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
8020		Infobiogen.
8021	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
8022		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
8023		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
8024		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
8025		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
8026	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
8027		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
8028	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
8029		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
8030		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8031	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
8032		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
8033		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
8034	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
8035		underscores.
8036	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
8037		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
8038		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
8039	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
8040		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
8041		included even if the user did not request success notification,
8042		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8043	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
8044		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
8045		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
8046		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
8047		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
8048	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
8049		Costales of ICSI.
8050	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
8051		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
8052		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
8053	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
8054		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
8055		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
8056		Technological University.
8057	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
8058		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
8059		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
8060		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8061	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
8062		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
8063	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
8064		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
8065	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
8066		to have the database format of the alias files without the
8067		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
8068		Inc.
8069	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
8070		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
8071		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
8072	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
8073		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
8074		University.
8075	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
8076		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
8077		Association for Progressive Communications.
8078	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
8079		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
8080		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
8081		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
8082		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
8083		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
8084		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
8085		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8086	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
8087		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
8088		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
8089		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
8090	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
8091		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
8092		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
8093		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
8094		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
8095		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
8096	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8097		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
8098			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
8099			James B. Davis of TCI.
8100		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
8101			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8102		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
8103			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
8104			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
8105			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
8106			isn't supported on all compilers.
8107		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
8108	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
8109		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
8110	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
8111		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
8112	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
8113		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
8114		(France).
8115	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
8116		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
8117	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8118		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
8119		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8120	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8121		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
8122		for different files.
8123	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
8124		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8125		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8126	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8127		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8128		changes).
8129
81308.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
8131	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8132		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8133		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
8134		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8135	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8136		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8137		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8138		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8139		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8140		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8141	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8142		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
8143		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8144		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8145		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8146		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8147		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8148		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
8149		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8150		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8151	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8152		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8153		results.  This could have security implications.
8154	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8155		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8156		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8157	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8158		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
8159		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8160		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
8161		Elz.
8162	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
8163		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8164	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8165		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8166		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8167		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8168		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
8169		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8170		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8171		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
8172		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
8173		domain names are your friends.
8174	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8175		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8176	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8177		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8178	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8179		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
8180		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8181		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8182		of TerraNet.
8183	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8184		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8185		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8186		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8187		of WPI.
8188	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8189		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8190			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
8191			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8192			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
8193			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8194		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8195			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8196		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8197		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8198		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8199			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
8200	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8201		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8202		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8203	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8204		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8205		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8206	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8207		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8208		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8209		Infobiogen (France).
8210	NEW FILES:
8211		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8212		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8213		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8214
82158.7/8.7		1995/09/16
8216	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8217		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8218		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8219		Global Communications.
8220	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8221		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8222	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8223		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
8224		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8225		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
8226		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8227	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8228		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8229		can be confusing.
8230	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8231		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8232	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8233		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8234	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8235		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8236		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8237		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8238		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8239		Maryland.
8240	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8241		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8242		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8243		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
8244		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8245	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8246		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
8247		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
8248		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
8249		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8250	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8251		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8252	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8253		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8254		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8255		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8256	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8257		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8258		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8259		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8260		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8261		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
8262		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8263		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8264		Swarthmore University.
8265	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8266		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8267		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8268		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8269			ruleset.
8270		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8271		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8272			-d debug flag.
8273		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8274		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8275		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8276		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8277			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8278			and the parsed address.
8279		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8280			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8281		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
8282			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8283			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
8284			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8285			recipients.
8286		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8287			return the result.
8288		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8289			`mapname' and return the result.
8290	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8291		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8292	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8293		the header for envelope sender information and uses
8294		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
8295		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8296		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8297		that functionality.
8298	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8299		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8300		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
8301		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8302		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8303		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8304	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8305		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8306		of Michigan Technological University.
8307	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8308		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8309		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8310		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
8311		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
8312		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8313		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
8314		or not.
8315	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8316		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8317		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
8318		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
8319		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8320		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
8321		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8322	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8323		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
8324		should have minimal impact on external function.
8325	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8326		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8327			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
8328		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8329			7	SevenBitInput
8330			8	EightBitMode
8331			A	AliasFile
8332			a	AliasWait
8333			B	BlankSub
8334			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8335			C	CheckpointInterval
8336			c	HoldExpensive
8337			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8338			d	DeliveryMode
8339			E	ErrorHeader
8340			e	ErrorMode
8341			f	SaveFromLine
8342			F	TempFileMode
8343			G	MatchGECOS
8344			H	HelpFile
8345			h	MaxHopCount
8346			i	IgnoreDots
8347			I	ResolverOptions
8348			J	ForwardPath
8349			j	SendMimeErrors
8350			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8351			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8352			L	LogLevel
8353			l	UseErrorsTo
8354			m	MeToo
8355			n	CheckAliases
8356			O	DaemonPortOptions
8357			o	OldStyleHeaders
8358			P	PostmasterCopy
8359			p	PrivacyOptions
8360			Q	QueueDirectory
8361			q	QueueFactor
8362			R	DontPruneRoutes
8363			r, T	Timeout
8364			S	StatusFile
8365			s	SuperSafe
8366			t	TimeZoneSpec
8367			u	DefaultUser
8368			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8369			V	FallbackMXHost
8370			v	Verbose
8371			w	TryNullMXList
8372			x	QueueLA
8373			X	RefuseLA
8374			Y	ForkEachJob
8375			y	RecipientFactor
8376			z	ClassFactor
8377			Z	RetryFactor
8378		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8379		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8380			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8381			$l	UnixFromLine
8382			$o	OperatorChars
8383			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8384		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8385		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8386		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8387		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8388	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8389		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8390		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8391		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8392		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8393		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8394		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8395		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8396		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8397		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8398	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8399		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8400		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8401			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8402			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8403		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8404			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8405			recipient mailer flags.
8406		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8407		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8408			delivery.
8409		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8410		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8411		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8412		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8413		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8414		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8415			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8416			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8417			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8418		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8419		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8420		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8421	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8422		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8423		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8424		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8425		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8426		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8427		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8428		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8429		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8430		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8431		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8432		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8433		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8434		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8435		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8436		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8437			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8438			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8439		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8440			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8441		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8442			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8443			flag is ignored.
8444		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8445			the setting of F=8.
8446	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8447		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8448		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8449		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8450	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8451		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8452		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8453		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8454	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8455		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8456		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8457		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8458	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8459		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8460		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8461		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8462		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8463		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8464		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8465		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8466	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8467		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8468		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8469		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8470		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8471		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8472		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8473		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8474		Unicom.
8475	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8476		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8477	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8478		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8479		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8480		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8481		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8482		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8483		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8484		from Chip Rosenthal.
8485	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8486		For example,
8487		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8488		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8489		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8490		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8491		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8492		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8493	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8494		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8495		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8496		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8497		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8498		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8499		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8500		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8501		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8502		contribution was to make it configurable).
8503	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8504		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8505		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8506		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8507		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8508		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8509	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8510		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8511		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8512		I/O redirection.
8513	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8514		can be confusing.
8515	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8516		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8517		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8518	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8519	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8520		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8521		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8522		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8523		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8524		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8525		queue-only.
8526	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8527		:include: and .forward files.
8528	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8529		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8530		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8531		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8532		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8533	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8534		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8535	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8536		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8537		Sun Microsystems.
8538	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8539		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8540		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8541		Hutton of Indiana University.
8542	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8543		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8544		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8545		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8546		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8547		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8548	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8549		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8550		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8551		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8552		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8553		as comments.
8554	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8555		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8556		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8557		are from sysexits.h.
8558	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8559		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8560		    Kmap1 ...
8561		    Kmap2 ...
8562		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8563		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8564		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8565		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8566	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8567		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8568		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8569		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8570		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8571		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8572		    Ksample switch hosts
8573		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8574		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8575		equivalent to
8576		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8577		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8578	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8579		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8580		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8581		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8582		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8583	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8584		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8585		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8586	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8587		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8588		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8589		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8590	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8591		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8592		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8593		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8594		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8595		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8596		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8597		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8598		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8599	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8600		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8601		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8602		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8603		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8604	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8605		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8606		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8607		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8608		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8609		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8610		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8611	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8612		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8613		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8614		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8615		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8616		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8617	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8618		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8619		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8620		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8621		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8622		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8623		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8624	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8625		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8626		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8627	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8628		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8629		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8630		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8631	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8632		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8633		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8634		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8635		much longer than the specified timeout.
8636	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8637		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8638		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8639		denial-of-service attack.
8640	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8641		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8642		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8643	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8644		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8645		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8646		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8647		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8648		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8649		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8650		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8651		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8652		actually file lookups.
8653	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8654		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8655		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8656		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8657	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8658		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8659		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8660		support for them has been removed.
8661	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8662		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8663		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8664	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8665		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8666		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8667		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8668	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8669		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8670		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8671	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8672		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8673		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8674	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8675		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8676		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8677	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8678		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8679		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8680	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8681		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8682		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8683		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8684		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8685		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8686		Microsystems.
8687	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8688		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8689		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8690		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8691		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8692		option can give the network software time to establish
8693		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8694	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8695		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8696		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8697		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8698	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8699		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8700		the National Computer Security Center.
8701	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8702		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8703		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8704		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8705		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8706	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8707		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8708		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8709		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8710		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8711		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8712		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8713		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8714		University Computing Service.
8715	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8716		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8717		the University of Kentucky.
8718	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8719		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8720		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8721	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8722		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8723	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8724		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8725		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8726		Corporation.
8727	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8728		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8729		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8730		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8731	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8732		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8733		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8734		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8735		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8736		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8737		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8738	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8739		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8740		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8741	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8742		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8743		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8744		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8745	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8746		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8747		Communications.
8748	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8749		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8750		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8751		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8752		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8753	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8754		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8755		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8756		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8757		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8758	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8759		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8760	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8761		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8762		on values:
8763		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8764					message will be passed on even
8765					though it is in technically
8766					illegal syntax.
8767		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8768					recipients that it can find from
8769					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8770					Bcc: recipients.
8771		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8772					has almost no redeeming social value,
8773					and is provided only for back
8774					compatibility.
8775		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8776					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8777					which will have the effect of
8778					making the message legal without
8779					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8780		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8781					There is a chance that mailers down
8782					the line will delete this header,
8783					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8784					recipients.
8785		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8786	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8787		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8788		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8789		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8790		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8791	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8792		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8793		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8794		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8795		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8796		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8797		For example, if you run with
8798			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8799		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8800		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8801		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8802		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8803	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8804		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8805			list: member1
8806			list: member2
8807		and an alias file declared as:
8808			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8809		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8810		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8811		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8812	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8813	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8814		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8815		Johannesen.
8816	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8817		to be simpler and more consistent.
8818	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8819		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8820		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8821		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8822	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8823		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8824		This may affect some people who have written their own
8825		checkcompat() routine.
8826	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8827		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8828		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8829	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8830		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8831		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8832		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8833	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8834		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8835		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8836		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8837		Corporation.
8838	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8839		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8840		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8841		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8842		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8843		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8844		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8845		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8846	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8847		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8848		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8849	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8850		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8851		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8852	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8853		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8854		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8855	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8856		the header.
8857	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8858	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8859		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8860		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8861	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8862		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8863		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8864		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8865		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8866		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8867	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8868		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8869		is added between the first and second word of the first
8870		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8871		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8872		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8873		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8874		old sendmails understand.
8875	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8876		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8877	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8878		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8879		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8880		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8881		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8882		data -- for example,
8883		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8884					(romanized/less information)
8885		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8886					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8887					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8888		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8889					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8890		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8891		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8892	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8893		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8894		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8895		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8896		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8897		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8898		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8899	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8900		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8901		increment on the background value).
8902	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8903		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8904		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8905	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8906		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8907		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8908	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8909		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8910		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8911		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8912		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8913	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8914		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8915		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8916		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8917		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8918		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8919		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8920		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8921		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8922	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8923		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8924		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8925		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8926		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8927		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8928		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8929	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8930		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8931		service type is "files".
8932	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8933		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8934		into class "c".
8935	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8936		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8937		contributed by SunSoft.
8938	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8939		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8940		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8941		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8942		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8943		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8944		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8945		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8946		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8947		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8948	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8949		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8950		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8951		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8952	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8953		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8954		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8955		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8956		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8957		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8958		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8959	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8960		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8961	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8962		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8963		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8964	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8965		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8966		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8967		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8968		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8969		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8970		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8971		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8972		flags.
8973	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8974		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8975		Motonori Nakamura.
8976	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8977		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8978		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8979		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8980		of MIT.
8981	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8982		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8983	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8984		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8985		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8986		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8987		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8988		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8989		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8990		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8991		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8992	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8993		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8994		the make.
8995	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8996		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8997		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8998		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8999	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
9000		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
9001		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
9002		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
9003		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
9004		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
9005	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
9006		of Sun Microsystems.
9007	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
9008		is at least 50% faster.
9009	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
9010		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
9011		University.
9012	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
9013		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9014	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
9015		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
9016		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
9017		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9018	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
9019		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
9020		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
9021	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
9022		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
9023		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
9024		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
9025		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
9026		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
9027	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
9028		Carnegie Mellon.
9029	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
9030		support.
9031	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
9032		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
9033		Global Information Solutions.
9034	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
9035		From Motonori Nakamura.
9036	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
9037		Motonori Nakamura.
9038	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
9039		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
9040	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
9041		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
9042		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
9043		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
9044		James of British Telecom.
9045	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
9046		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
9047	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
9048		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
9049		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
9050		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
9051		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
9052		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
9053		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
9054	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
9055		a bad guy can read your private files.
9056	PORTABILITY FIXES:
9057		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
9058		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
9059			University.  This expands the disk size
9060			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
9061		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
9062			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
9063		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
9064			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
9065		Linux Makefile typo.
9066		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
9067			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
9068		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
9069			University, Chico.
9070		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
9071			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
9072			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
9073			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
9074			This requires adaptation of code that really
9075			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
9076			addresses or nameserver fields.''
9077		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
9078			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
9079		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
9080			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
9081		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
9082			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
9083			problems.
9084		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
9085			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
9086			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
9087		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
9088			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
9089		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
9090			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
9091		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
9092			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
9093			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
9094			Wemm of DIALix.
9095		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
9096			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
9097			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
9098			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
9099			of Ohio State University.
9100		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
9101			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
9102			University.
9103		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
9104			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
9105			Mainz.
9106		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
9107		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
9108			wrong statfs call).
9109		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
9110		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
9111			University.
9112		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9113		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
9114			Rochester Medical Center.
9115		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
9116			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
9117			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9118			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9119			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9120		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9121			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9122			Division.
9123		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9124			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9125		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9126			Durand of I.M.A.G.
9127		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9128			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9129		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9130		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9131			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9132		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9133		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9134		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9135		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9136		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9137			of Meteo France.
9138		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9139		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9140		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9141		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9142		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9143		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9144		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9145		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9146		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9147		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9148			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9149		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9150			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9151		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9152			of Colorado.
9153		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9154	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9155		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
9156		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9157	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9158		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
9159		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9160		on the file, but it should be quite small.
9161	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
9162		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9163		giving the local administrator more control over what
9164		programs can be run from sendmail.
9165	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
9166		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9167		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9168		never will.
9169	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9170		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9171		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9172	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9173		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9174		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
9175		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9176		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9177	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9178		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9179	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9180		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
9181		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9182		arbitrary directory -- use either:
9183			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9184		or
9185			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9186		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9187		can use:
9188			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9189		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9190		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9191		compatibility.
9192	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9193		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9194	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9195		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9196	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9197		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9198		County.
9199	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9200	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9201		just unqualified ones.
9202	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9203		was never used and didn't work anyway.
9204	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9205		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9206	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9207		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9208		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
9209		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9210		centralized hub.
9211	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9212	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9213		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9214		this is expected to be another sendmail.
9215	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9216		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9217		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9218		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
9219		Rosenthal of Unicom.
9220	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9221		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
9222		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9223	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9224		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
9225		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9226		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9227		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9228		but it is a no-op.
9229	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9230		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9231		as User Unknown.
9232	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9233		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9234		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
9235		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9236	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9237		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9238		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
9239	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9240		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9241		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9242		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9243	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9244		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
9245		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9246	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9247	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
9248		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9249	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9250		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9251		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9252		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9253	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9254		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9255		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9256		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
9257		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9258		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
9259		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9260		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9261	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9262		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9263		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
9264		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9265		assumed.
9266	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9267		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9268		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9269		Information Systems Agency.
9270	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9271		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9272		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9273	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9274		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9275		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9276		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
9277		that really can be used in the real world.
9278	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9279		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9280		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9281	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9282		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9283	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9284		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9285		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
9286		by Scott Hutton.
9287	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
9288		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9289	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9290		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9291		people.
9292	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9293		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9294	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9295		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
9296		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9297	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9298		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9299		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9300	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9301		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
9302		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9303		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9304	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9305		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9306		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9307		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9308		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
9309		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9310	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9311		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
9312		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9313	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9314		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
9315		by Kimmo Suominen.
9316	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9317		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9318		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9319	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9320		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9321	NEW FILES:
9322		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
9323		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9324		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
9325		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9326		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9327		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9328		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9329		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9330		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9331		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9332		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
9333		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9334		cf/domain/generic.m4
9335		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9336		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9337		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9338		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9339		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9340		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9341		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9342		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9343		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9344		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9345		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9346		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9347		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9348		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9349		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9350		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9351		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9352		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9353		contrib/bsdi.mc
9354		contrib/mailprio
9355		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9356		mail.local/mail.local.0
9357		makemap/makemap.0
9358		smrsh/README
9359		smrsh/smrsh.0
9360		smrsh/smrsh.8
9361		smrsh/smrsh.c
9362		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9363		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9364		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9365		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9366		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9367		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9368		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9369		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9370		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9371		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9372		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9373		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9374		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9375		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9376		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9377		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9378		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9379		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9380		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9381		src/aliases.0
9382		src/mailq.0
9383		src/mime.c
9384		src/newaliases.0
9385		src/sendmail.0
9386		test/t_seteuid.c
9387	RENAMED FILES:
9388		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9389		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9390		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9391		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9392		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9393		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9394		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9395		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9396		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9397		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9398		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9399		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9400		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9401		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9402		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9403		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9404		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9405		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9406		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9407		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9408		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9409	OBSOLETED FILES:
9410		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9411		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9412		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9413		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9414		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9415		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9416		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9417		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9418		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9419		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9420		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9421		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9422		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9423
94248.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9425	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9426		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9427		any user (except root).
9428	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9429		version number is unchanged.
9430
94318.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9432	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9433		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9434		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9435		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9436		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9437		each other!).
9438	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9439		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9440		than fork().
9441
94428.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9443	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9444		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9445	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9446		message when attempted from IDENT.
9447	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9448		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9449		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9450		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9451	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9452		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9453		partial lines.
9454	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9455		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9456		Rob McMahon.
9457	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9458		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9459		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9460		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9461	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9462		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9463		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9464		Novell Labs Europe.
9465	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9466		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9467		Cal State Chico.
9468	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9469		*Hobbit*.
9470	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9471		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9472	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9473		from Spider Boardman.
9474	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9475		with the binaries).
9476
94778.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9478	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9479		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9480	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9481		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9482		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9483		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9484		implications.
9485	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9486		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9487		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9488		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9489	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9490		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9491		University of Texas.
9492	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9493		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9494		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9495		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9496	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9497		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9498		Data General.
9499	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9500		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9501		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9502	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9503		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9504		with a lot of arguments).
9505	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9506		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9507		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9508		Michigan.
9509	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9510		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9511		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9512		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9513		Thibault.
9514	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9515		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9516		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9517		some of the map code.
9518	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9519		with the binaries).
9520
95218.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9522	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9523		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9524		may have some security implications.
9525	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9526		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9527		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9528	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9529		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9530	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9531		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9532	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9533	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9534		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9535		option.
9536	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9537		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9538		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9539		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9540		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9541		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9542		Rochester.
9543	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9544		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9545		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9546	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9547		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9548		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9549	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9550		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9551		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9552	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9553		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9554		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9555		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9556		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9557		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9558		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9559		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9560		messages.
9561	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9562		message to explain how much space was available and
9563		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9564		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9565	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9566		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9567		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9568		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9569		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9570		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9571		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9572		Kapor Enterprises.
9573	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9574		without recompiling.
9575	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9576		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9577		purely cosmetic.
9578	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9579		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9580		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9581	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9582		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9583		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9584		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9585		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9586		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9587		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9588	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9589		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9590		Wolfhugel.
9591	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9592		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9593		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9594		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9595		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9596		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9597		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9598		size around and can never start listening to connections
9599		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9600		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9601		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9602		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9603		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9604		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9605		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9606		implications.
9607	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9608		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9609	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9610		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9611		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9612	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9613		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9614		information.
9615	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9616		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9617		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9618		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9619		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9620		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9621		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9622	Portability fixes:
9623		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9624		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9625		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9626		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9627		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9628		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9629			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9630		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9631			Corporation.
9632		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9633		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9634			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9635		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9636	New Files:
9637		src/Makefile.CLIX
9638		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9639		doc/changes/Makefile
9640		doc/changes/changes.me
9641		doc/changes/changes.ps
9642
96438.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9644	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9645		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9646		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9647
96488.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9649	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9650		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9651		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9652		list.
9653
96548.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9655	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9656		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9657		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9658		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9659		valid shell.
9660	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9661		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9662		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9663		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9664		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9665		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9666	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9667		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9668		from a local user to another local user.  From
9669		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9670	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9671		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9672		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9673	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9674		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9675		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9676		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9677		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9678		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9679		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9680		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9681		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9682	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9683		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9684		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9685	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9686		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9687		BSD-like system.
9688	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9689		protocol entirely.
9690	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9691		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9692		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9693		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9694		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9695	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9696	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9697		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9698		files.
9699	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9700		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9701		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9702	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9703		of CMU.
9704	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9705		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9706		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9707	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9708		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9709		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9710		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9711	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9712		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9713		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9714		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9715		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9716		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9717	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9718		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9719	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9720		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9721		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9722		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9723		Motonori Nakamura.
9724	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9725		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9726		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9727	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9728		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9729		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9730		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9731	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9732		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9733		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9734	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9735		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9736		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9737	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9738		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9739		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9740		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9741	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9742		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9743		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9744		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9745	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9746		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9747		didn't see the class items being added.
9748	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9749		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9750		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9751		Rutgers.
9752	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9753		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9754	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9755		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9756		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9757		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9758		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9759		the problem myself.
9760	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9761		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9762		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9763		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9764	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9765		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9766		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9767		UUNET.
9768	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9769		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9770		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9771		John Oleynick.
9772	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9773		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9774		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9775	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9776		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9777		Nakamura.
9778	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9779		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9780		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9781		University of Washington.
9782	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9783		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9784	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9785		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9786		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9787		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9788		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9789		of Cambridge University.
9790	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9791		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9792		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9793	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9794		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9795		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9796	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9797		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9798		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9799		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9800		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9801		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9802		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9803		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9804		a chance.
9805	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9806		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9807	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9808		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9809		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9810		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9811		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9812		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9813		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9814		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9815	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9816		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9817	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9818	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9819		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9820		size for various mailers.
9821	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9822		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9823		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9824	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9825		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9826		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9827	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9828	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9829		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9830		system.
9831	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9832		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9833		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9834	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9835		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9836		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9837	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9838		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9839		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9840		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9841		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9842		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9843		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9844		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9845		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9846		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9847		University of Sydney.
9848	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9849		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9850		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9851		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9852		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9853	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9854		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9855		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9856		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9857		Suominen.
9858	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9859		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9860		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9861		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9862	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9863		Suominen.
9864	Portability fixes:
9865		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9866		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9867		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9868		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9869		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9870		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9871		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9872		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9873		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9874	NEW FILES:
9875		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9876		src/Makefile.PTX
9877		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9878		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9879		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9880		src/mailq.1
9881		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9882		doc/op/Makefile
9883		doc/intro/Makefile
9884		doc/usenix/Makefile
9885
98868.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9887	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9888		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9889		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9890	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9891		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9892		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9893		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9894		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9895	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9896		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9897		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9898		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9899		Christian Wettergren.
9900	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9901		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9902		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9903		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9904		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9905		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9906		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9907		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9908		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9909		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9910		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9911		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9912		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9913		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9914	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9915		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9916		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9917		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9918	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9919		connection to create problems on the current job.
9920		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9921		the wrong place.
9922	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9923		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9924		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9925		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9926	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9927		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9928	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9929		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9930		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9931	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9932		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9933		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9934		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9935		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9936	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9937		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9938		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9939	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9940		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9941		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9942	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9943		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9944	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9945		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9946		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9947		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9948	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9949		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9950		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9951	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9952		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9953		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9954	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9955		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9956		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9957	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9958		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9959		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9960		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9961		transfers to secondary servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9962		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9963	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9964		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9965		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9966		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9967	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9968		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9969		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9970		dot convention.
9971	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9972		of from a clean exit.
9973	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9974		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9975		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9976	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9977		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9978		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9979		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9980	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9981		Jones of UUNET.
9982	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9983		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9984		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9985		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9986	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9987		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9988		says that they should be ignored.
9989	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9990		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9991		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9992		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9993		is not reentrant.
9994	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9995		documented in the Bat Book.
9996	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9997		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9998		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9999		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
10000	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
10001		code during some parts of connection initialization.
10002		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
10003		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
10004		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
10005	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
10006		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
10007	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
10008		of Kyoto University.
10009	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
10010		From P{r Emanuelsson.
10011	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
10012		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
10013	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
10014		Bryan Costales.
10015	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
10016		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
10017	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
10018		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
10019		Nakamura.
10020	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
10021		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
10022		illegal addresses appearing there).
10023	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
10024		BB&N.
10025	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
10026		included.
10027	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
10028		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
10029	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
10030		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
10031		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
10032		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
10033	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
10034		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
10035	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
10036		by the other end closing the connection.  From
10037		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
10038	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
10039		to include a host name or other useful information.
10040	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
10041		DeMarco.
10042	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
10043		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
10044		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
10045		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
10046		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
10047	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
10048		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
10049	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
10050		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
10051		this properly).
10052	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
10053		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
10054		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
10055	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
10056		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
10057		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
10058		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
10059		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
10060		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
10061		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
10062		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
10063	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
10064		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
10065		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
10066		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
10067		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
10068		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
10069		of the Institute for Global Communications.
10070	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
10071		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
10072		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
10073		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
10074	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
10075		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
10076	Portability fixes for:
10077		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
10078		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
10079		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
10080		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
10081		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
10082			of Stoner Associates.
10083		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
10084		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
10085			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
10086			of Maryland.
10087		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
10088		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
10089		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
10090		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
10091		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
10092		RISC/os.
10093		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
10094			at Chico.
10095		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
10096		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
10097		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
10098			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
10099			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
10100	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
10101		since this is intended only for internal use, the
10102		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
10103		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
10104		addresses when relaying internally.
10105	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
10106		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
10107		provided by Peter Wemm.
10108	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
10109		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
10110		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
10111	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
10112		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
10113	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
10114		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
10115		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
10116		names.
10117	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10118		rather than letting them get "local configuration
10119		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10120	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10121		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10122		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
10123		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10124		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10125	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10126		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10127	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10128	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10129		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10130		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10131		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
10132		of Georgia Tech.
10133	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
10134		Jim Murray of Stratus.
10135	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10136		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
10137		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10138		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10139		the local name prepended.
10140	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10141	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10142	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10143		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
10144	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10145		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
10146		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10147	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10148		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10149			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10150		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10151			:include: files and accounts that have shells
10152			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
10153			cause some .forward files that have worked
10154			before to start failing.
10155		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10156	NEW FILES:
10157		src/Makefile.DGUX
10158		src/Makefile.Dynix
10159		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10160		src/Makefile.Mach386
10161		src/Makefile.NetBSD
10162		src/Makefile.RISCos
10163		src/Makefile.SCO
10164		src/Makefile.SVR4
10165		src/Makefile.Titan
10166		cf/mailer/pop.m4
10167		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10168		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
10169		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10170		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10171		makemap/Makefile.dist
10172		praliases/Makefile.dist
10173
101748.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
10175	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10176		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10177		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10178	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
10179		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10180		class of attack.
10181	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10182		in a few critical places.
10183	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10184		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
10185		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
10186		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10187		and High-Energy Physics.
10188	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10189		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
10190		Eric Wassenaar.
10191	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10192		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10193		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
10194		Wassenaar.
10195	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10196		really become relevant in the next release, but some
10197		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
10198		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10199	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10200		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10201		these can have different values depending on which
10202		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10203	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10204		what uid/gid processes ran as.
10205	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10206		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10207		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10208		postmaster" case.
10209	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10210	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10211		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10212	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10213		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
10214		Christopher Davis.
10215	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10216		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10217		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
10218		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10219	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
10220		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
10221
102228.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
10223	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10224		addresses that get return-receipts.
10225	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10226		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10227		and end up sending the message several times.
10228	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10229		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10230		four hours".
10231	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10232		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
10233		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10234		Cornell University Medical College.
10235	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10236		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10237		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10238		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
10239		Wassenaar.
10240	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10241		connections fail during message collection.  From
10242		Eric Wassenaar.
10243	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10244		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10245		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10246		Stratus.
10247	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10248		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
10249		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10250	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10251		by non-root users were not put into
10252		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10253		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
10254		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10255	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10256		could get confused as to whether a database was
10257		open or not.
10258	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10259		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10260		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
10261		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10262		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10263	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10264		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10265		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10266	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10267
102688.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
10269	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10270	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10271		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10272		propagated to the queue file.
10273
102748.6/8.6		1993/10/05
10275	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10276		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10277	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10278		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10279		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10280		header files but don't have the syscall.
10281	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10282		if trymx == FALSE.
10283	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10284		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10285		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10286		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10287	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10288		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10289	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10290		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10291		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10292		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10293		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10294		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10295		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10296	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
10297		Kanbe.
10298	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10299		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
10300		Wisner of The Well.
10301	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10302		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10303	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10304		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10305		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
10306		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10307		files that you should be able to read but have previously
10308		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10309		read permission.
10310	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10311		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10312		MX suppression will still work.
10313	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10314		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
10315		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10316		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10317	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10318		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
10319		Nakamura.
10320	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10321		"CX $Z" works.
10322	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10323		trying to send the original message if the connection
10324		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10325		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
10326		by John Myers of CMU.
10327	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10328		term bug.
10329	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10330		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10331		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10332		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
10333		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10334		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
10335	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10336	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10337		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10338	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10339		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10340		level.
10341	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10342		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10343		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10344		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10345		address.
10346	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10347		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10348		Harvey Mudd College.
10349	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10350		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10351		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10352		their full name information.
10353	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10354		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10355		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10356	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10357		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10358	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10359		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10360		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10361		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10362	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10363		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10364		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10365		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10366	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10367		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10368		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10369		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10370		names.
10371	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10372		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10373		helpful.
10374	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10375		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10376		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10377		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10378	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10379		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10380		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10381	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10382		that claims to be itself works properly.
10383	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10384		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10385		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10386		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10387	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10388		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10389		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10390	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10391		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10392		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10393		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10394		scratch.
10395	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10396		true address to still send to the original address
10397		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10398		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10399		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10400	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10401		more trouble than it was worth.
10402	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10403		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10404		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10405	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10406		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10407		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10408	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10409		the queue.
10410	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10411		messages don't come out with stale information.
10412	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10413		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10414	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10415		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10416		Myers of CMU.
10417	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10418		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10419		Corrigan.
10420	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10421		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10422		sender address.
10423	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10424	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10425	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10426		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10427		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10428		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10429		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10430		that does bulk data transfer).
10431	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10432		Amir Plivatsky.
10433	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10434		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10435		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10436		bogus config files that were not caught.
10437	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10438		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10439	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10440		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10441		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10442	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10443		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10444	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10445		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10446		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10447		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10448	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10449		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10450	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10451		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10452	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10453		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10454	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10455		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10456		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10457		Melbourne.
10458	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10459		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10460		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10461		to match regular entries.
10462	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10463		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10464	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10465		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10466	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10467		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10468		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10469	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10470		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10471		messages is the best possible.
10472	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10473		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10474		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10475	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10476		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10477	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10478		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10479	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10480		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10481	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10482	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10483		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10484		on the address.
10485	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10486		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10487		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10488		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10489		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10490	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10491	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10492	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10493		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10494		addresses in any detail.
10495	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10496		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10497	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10498		with an address such as "!foo".
10499	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10500		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10501		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10502		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10503		Bret Marquis.
10504
105058.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10506	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10507		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10508		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10509		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10510	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10511		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10512		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10513		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10514		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10515		Nakamura.
10516	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10517		are no DNS records matching the name.
10518	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10519		original message was received ... from localhost".
10520		The correct original host information is now included.
10521	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10522		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10523		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10524	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10525		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10526	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10527		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10528		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10529		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10530		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10531		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10532		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10533		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10534
105358.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10536	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10537		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10538		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10539		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10540		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10541		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10542		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10543		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10544		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10545		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10546		UIUC sendmail.
10547	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10548		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10549		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10550		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10551		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10552		by Neil Rickert.
10553	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10554		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10555		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10556		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10557		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10558		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10559		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10560		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10561		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10562		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10563	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10564		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10565		humans.
10566	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10567		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10568	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10569		repaired).
10570	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10571		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10572		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10573		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10574	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10575		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10576		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10577	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10578		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10579		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10580		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10581		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10582	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10583		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10584		core dumps on some machines.
10585	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10586		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10587		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10588		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10589		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10590		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10591		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10592		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10593		some true error conditions.
10594	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10595		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10596		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10597		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10598	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10599		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10600		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10601		by Motonori Nakamura.
10602	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10603		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10604		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10605		a queue run than a direct run.
10606	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10607		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10608		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10609	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10610		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10611		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10612		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10613		restart it.
10614	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10615		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10616		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10617		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10618		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10619		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10620		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10621		is appropriately functional.
10622	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10623		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10624		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10625		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10626	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10627		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10628		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10629		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10630		Technologies.
10631	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10632		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10633		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10634		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10635		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10636		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10637		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10638		things.
10639	Portability changes:
10640		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10641			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10642			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10643			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10644			of Colorado.
10645		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10646			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10647		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10648			Corporation.
10649		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10650			documentation apparently doesn't define
10651			__STDC__ by default).
10652		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10653		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10654			Motonori Nakamura.
10655	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10656	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10657		several people have made a good argument that this
10658		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10659		may prove painful in the short run).
10660	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10661		format.
10662	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10663		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10664		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10665	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10666		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10667		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10668		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10669		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10670	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10671		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10672		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10673		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10674	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10675		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10676		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10677		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10678	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10679		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10680		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10681		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10682		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10683	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10684		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10685
106868.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10687	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10688		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10689		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10690		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10691		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10692		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10693		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10694		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10695		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10696	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10697		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10698		"user friendly".
10699	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10700		16 bytes/sec.
10701	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10702		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10703		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10704		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10705		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10706		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10707		for quick test cases.
10708	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10709		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10710		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10711		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10712	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10713		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10714		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10715	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10716		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10717		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10718		From Michael Corrigan.
10719	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10720		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10721		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10722	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10723		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10724		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10725	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10726		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10727		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10728	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10729
107308.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10731	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10732	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10733		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10734		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10735	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10736	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10737		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10738		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10739		from Bill Wisner.
10740	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10741		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10742	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10743		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10744		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10745	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10746		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10747		match the other flags in that file.
10748	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10749	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10750		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10751	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10752		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10753		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10754	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10755		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10756	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10757		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10758		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10759	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10760		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10761		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10762	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10763		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10764		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10765		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10766		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10767	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10768		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10769		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10770		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10771		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10772		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10773		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10774		be owned by you.
10775	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10776		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10777		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10778		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10779	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10780	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10781	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10782		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10783		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10784		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10785		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10786		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10787	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10788		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10789		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10790		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10791		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10792		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10793		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10794		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10795		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10796		it adapts.
10797	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10798		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10799		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10800		way.
10801	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10802		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10803		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10804	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10805		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10806		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10807		only happen when there has been another error in the
10808		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10809		by default in conf.h.
10810	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10811		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10812		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10813		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10814		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10815		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10816		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10817		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10818	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10819		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10820		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10821		See cf/README for an example.
10822	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10823		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10824	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10825		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10826		has been requested by several people, but can break
10827		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10828		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10829		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10830		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10831	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10832		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10833		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10834	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10835		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10836		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10837		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10838	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10839		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10840		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10841
108428.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10843	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10844		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10845	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10846		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10847		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10848	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10849
108508.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10851	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10852		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10853		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10854
108558.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10856	Another mailertable fix....
10857
108588.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10859	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10860